00Unit One Britain Passage One The Britain Economy Britain lies off the northwest coast of mainlnd Europe. It comprises four different nations, i.e., England, Scotland, Wales and Northern Ireland, united into one state. So its full name is the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. The central government is in London, but Scotland, Wales, and Northern Ireland each has its own separate assemblies for internal affairs. Most of Britain is lowlying, fertile land, with hills and mountains in the west and north. Although it has a relatively small land area, it has a population of nearly 60 million people, making it one of the most densely populated countries in the world. It has a temperate climate, rarely exceeding 30℃ or falling below 5℃, and rainfall is fairly well distributed throughout the year. The Worlds Largest Empire 　　Towards the end of the 19th century, the British economy was the dominant economy in the world. The British Empire “on which the sun never sets” covered one quarter of the globe, and British merchant ships, together with the fleets of the Royal Navy, outnumbered all other shipping on the seas. A half of all the worlds coal and steel was dug from its soil, a half of all cotton was spun on its giant looms, and one manufactured item in three was made in its workshops and factories. The small group of islands off the northwest coast of Europe appeared to have taken over the world. The Industrial Revolution 　　The Industrial Revolution happened first in Britain between about 1760 and 1830. At that time, Britain was rich in the raw materials of industry, coal and iron ore. Its population benefited from a wellwatered, fertile land. The political and social conditions were stable, since the nation was protected by its island status, and this same geography encouraged a nation of seafarers and travelers. Once under way, the Industrial Revolution created its own needs. Massproduced goods needed to be sold, and so markets had to be opened up and raw material sources protected. This required more ships both to carry the goods and to protect them from attacking by jealous rivals. International diplomacy aimed at assuring the markets, and this would frequently mean colonizing the regions that formed the markets. The Contrast With Today 　　If we jump just over a hundred years to the beginning of the 21st century, we see a very changed world. Now, the dominant economy by far is that of the United States of America, followed by Japan, China and Germany. The United Kingdom vies with France and Italy for the position of the worlds fifth/sixth/seventh largest economy, but by many other methods of calculation it falls behind. In terms of Gross Domestic Product (GDP) per capita in 1998 it was No.11, in GDP growth it was No.13. And in industrial output growth it was No.16. In other words, it is still a large economy but it is not so efficient and is not growing so quickly as other countries, and has long ago been overtaken in size by several of them. Reasons For Comparative Decline 　　One reason for the decline of the British economy when compared to the rest of the world is simply that the rest of the world developed more and faster. The United States of America, for example, spent the 19th century expanding and developing its own frontiers, and at the same time exploited and used its huge natural resources. By the time of the First World War it had already overtaken the British Empire in the size of its navy and its industry. Today, its population is five times as large as that of Britain, at least as welleducated if not better, and its natural resources are greater. It is therefore not surprising that its overall economy is correspondingly larger, though the fact that its GDP per capita is nearly 50% higher. Although declining in overall status, Britain has known steady and beneficent growth, which has resulted in a lifestyle for the common man and woman unequalled in history. Its decline is only comparative decline. Furthermore, it is a country in which others have confidence, as is shown by the fact that it ranks the third overall only to the United States and China as a destination for international investment, and is itself the worlds third largest international investor, again after the United States and China. New Words and Expressions 1. comprise v. 组成，构成 2. assembly n. 议会，立法机构 3. fertile a. 肥沃的，富饶的 4. temperate climate 温和的气候 5. merchant n. 商人 6. fleet n. 舰队，船队 7. loom n. 织布机 8. seafarer n. 海员，水手 9. rival n. 竞争者，对手 10. colonize v. 将……建成殖民地 11. vie v. 竞争 12. overtake v. 赶超，发展快于 13. decline v.&n. 衰退，下降 14. frontier n. 边疆，边远地区 15. correspondingly ad. 相应地，相当地 16. status n. 地位，身份；状况 17. beneficent a. 行善的，有益的 Notes 1. the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland：大不列颠及北爱尔兰联合王国。 2. the Industrial Revolution： 指从农业和手工业为主转变到以工业和机器生产为主的经济变化过程。工业革命始于18世纪的英国，后来又传播到比利时和法国。但德国、美国和日本产业革命开始后，取得的成就则超过了英国最初的成就。直到20世纪中叶，工业革命才传到中国和印度。 3. the First World War：1918年爆发的国际冲突，交战双方为同盟国与协约国。最后以协约国的获胜而告终。此次战争中死亡人数约1000万，受伤人数约2100万。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. Britain has a population of nearly ______. 　　A. 90 million people B. 80 million people　　C. 60 million people D. 40 million people 2. British merchant ships, ______, outnumbered all other shipping on the seas. 　　A. together with the ships owned by the local people 　　B. together with the fleets of the Royal Navy 　　C. together with the ships from other counties 　　D. together with the fleets of the USA 3. Which important event happened first in Britain? 　　A. The coal dug from its soil.　　B. The giant looms made in Britain. 　　C. The fleets of Loyal Navy set up.　　D. The Industrial Revolution occurred. 4. ______ is the worlds third largest economy. 　　A. China B. Germany　　C. Japan D. Italy 5. Britain ranks ______ overall as a destination for international investment. 　　A. second B. third　　C. fourth D. fifth Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1. Britain lies off the southwest coast of mainland Europe. () 2. It has a temperate climate, rarely exceeding 30℃ or falling below －5℃, and rainfall is fairly well distributed throughout the year. () 3. Massproduced goods were sold all over the world because of the Industrial Revolution. () 4. Britain is still a large economy but it is not so efficient and is not growing so quickly as other countries like China and Germany. () 5. Britain is a country in which others have no confidence because they do not choose the country as a destination for international investment any longer. 译文 英国经济 　　英国位于欧洲大陆海岸的西北方。它是由四个不同的国家——英格兰、苏格兰、威尔士和北爱尔兰组成的国家。因此，它的全称为大不列颠及北爱尔兰联合王国。中央政府设在伦敦，但是苏格兰、威尔士和北爱尔兰都有自己独立的议会处理内部事务。 　　英国大部分是低平肥沃的土地，只有西部和北部是丘陵和山区。尽管它的占地面积相对较小，却有近六千万人口，成为世界上人口密度最大的国家之一。它气候温和，气温很少超过30℃或低于5℃且全年雨量分布均匀。 世界上最大的帝国 　　直到19世纪末，英国经济在世界上占统治地位。“日不落”大英帝国占世界经济的四分之一，英国的商船加上皇家海军舰队超过其他国家海上船舶的总数。世界上煤和钢的一半产自这个国家，一半的棉花由它的大型织布机织成布，每三件产品就有一件产自它的车间、工厂。这个欧洲西北海岸外的小群岛好像已经独霸了世界。 工业革命 　　工业革命在1760年到1830年间首先出现在英国。当时，英国的工业原材料、煤和铁矿石丰富。人们受益于肥沃、灌溉条件良好的田地。由于国家身处海岛不受外界影响，政治和社会状况稳定，这种地理位置造就了一个海员多、旅行者多的国度。工业革命一旦启动自身就有许多需求。批量生产的物品需要卖，因此市场必须开放，原材料资源必须得到保护。这就需要更多的船来运送货物及保护他们免受心存妒忌的竞争者的攻击。国际外交的目的是确保市场秩序，而这往往意味着把形成市场的地区变成殖民地。 与今天的对照 　　从一百多年前跨越到21世纪初，我们会看到一个发生了巨变的世界。目前，美国的经济占绝对统治地位，紧随其后的是日本、中国和德国。英国同法国和意大利一起竞争世界第五、第六、第七最大经济体的地位，但用其他方式计算，它就落在后面了。按1998年人均GDP计算，英国排名第十一位， 按GDP增速排名第十三。按工业产值增长，它排名第十六。换句话说，它仍然是一个大经济体，但在效率和增速上就不如其他国家，而且有几个国家很早以前就在经济总量上超过了它。 相对衰退的原因 　　与世界上其他国家相比，英国经济衰退的一个原因就是其他国家发展得更多、更快。例如，美国在19世纪不停地扩张并发展自己的疆界，与此同时开发并利用自己丰富的自然资源。到第一次世界大战时，美国在海军和工业的规模上已经超过了大英帝国。目前，美国的人口数是英国的五倍，国民受教育的水平也至少与其相当，且自然资源总量也更大。事实上，美国的人均GDP高于英国近50%，因此它的经济总量相对大一些也就不足为奇。虽然英国的整个态势在衰退，但它的经济还在稳定、有序的增长，这使得普通民众的生活方式不同于过去。它的衰退只是相对的。而且，这是一个外人对其充满信心的国家，事实表明：它是国际投资排位第三的目的地国，仅次于美国和中国，它本身也是排在美国和中国之后的世界第三大国际投资国。 Passage TwoPopulation and Geography Population 　　The population of the United Kingdom on Census Day was 58,789,194. The populations of individual countries were England 49,138,831(83.6 percent of the total population); Scotland 5,062,011(8.6 percent); Wales 2,903,085(4.9 percent); Northern Ireland 1,685,267(2.9 percent). Geography 　　Britain lies off the northwest coast of mainland Europe, and has an area of 244,000 square kilometers, small compared to Chinas 9,600,000. It is just under 1,000 kilometers from the south coast of England to the extreme north of Scotland, and just under 500 kilometers across the widest part. At no point are you ever more than 100 kilometers from the sea. 　　England is largely a lowland country with no high mountains, though there are upland regions in the north and high moors with beautiful lakes in Yorkshire. There are moors in the West Country, also, and some of the original forest cover remains in the New Forest. In the south there are low chalk hills, and the country is wellwatered and fertile. 　　Wales is a country of hills and mountains, the highest being at 1,085 meters. The high plateau and mountain ranges are deeply cut by steepsided river valleys, and the lowerlying ground is largely confined to the coastal region. 　　Scotland is the most ruggedand sparsely populated part of the UK, with mountains and lakes in the North and in the South. The highest mountain in Britain is Ben Nevis, at 1,343 meters, in the central Highlands. The landscape is wild and beautiful, with many wide, empty moors and small woods and lakes. 　　Northern Ireland is the smallest of the four nations that make up the United Kingdom. It is mostly rural, with low hills and beautiful lake district which has Britains largest freshwater lake. The land is wellwatered and fertile, with an ancient small field pattern of agriculture. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. If China had the same population density as Britain, what would her population be? 2. Where would you go in Britain if you were interested in rockclimbing? 3. In which country do you think the hunting of deer and shooting of game birds are major sports? Why? 4. Which country is the smallest one among the four nations? 5. Why is it not surprising to learn that agriculture is a major part of the Northern Irish economy? Passage Three Names of Country and People 　　There is often some confusion, both inside and outside Britain, concerning its name and the names of its various peoples. If we are being purely geographical, then the two large islands with all the other little islands are called the British Isles. The largest of the islands is called Great Britain, made up of Scotland, England and Wales. The second largest is Ireland, which contains two countries: the Republic of Ireland, an independent sovereign state, and Northern Ireland ,which is part of the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland. This is the correct full name of the country，which is often shortened to the UK, or simply Britain. The short form UK is logical, because it is the United Kingdom. But the designation GB is not really correct, since this cannot include Northern Ireland. Although a similar criticism might be made of the word Britain, it has nevertheless become an accepted form. What is not acceptable is to use England as the name for the whole country. The Queen is often called, wrongly, the Queen of England, when she should be called the Queen of Britain. 　　One reason for the acceptance of Britain as the short name of the United Kingdom is perhaps its closeness to the normal adjective British which is used to describe the inhabitantsor anything appertaining to Britain. An individual can be called as a Briton. One word that should never be used to mean all inhabitants of the UK is the word English. The Scots, the Irish, and the Welsh will usually get angry whenever they are so described. Only those born and bred in England should be called English. A Scotsman, an Irishman, or a Welshman will refer to themselves as Scottish or Irish or Welsh and will accept being called British, and holding a British passport. An Englishman probably doesnt really care whether they are called British or English. (Background to Britain by MD Munro Mackenzie and L.J. Westwood, published by The Macmillan Press Ltd.) Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. logical2. nevertheless3. bred Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Two The Olympic Games Passage One Knowledge of the Olympic Games International Olympic Committee 　　The development and governing of the modern Olympic games are under the control of the International Olympic Committee (IOC), founded in Paris in 1894. Its headquarters is in Lausanne1, Switzerland. The original committee had 14 members; today there are about 205 members. These individuals are considered ambassadors from the committee to their national sports organizations and are dedicated to promoting amateur athletics. Normally there is only one member from each country. Presidents of the IOC are elected for an eightyear term and eligible for succeeding fouryear term. The Olympic Flag 　　The founder of the modern Olympic Games, Pierre de Coubertin, wanted to memorialize the 20th anniversary of the revival of the Olympic Games. He decided to create a banner, a symbol of Olympism, to present at the 1914 Paris Congress of the Olympic Movement. For his design, Coubertin chose a fivering symbol that came from an altarstone discovered at Delphi. The number five refers to the five continents. He chose six colors (white, red, yellow, green, blue and black) because each flag of the countries that were part of the Olympic Movement contains at least one of those colors. The Paris Congress in 1914 was so taken with the design that they adopted it as the official flag of the Olympic Movement. The new flag made its first public appearance at the 1920 games at Antwerp, Belgium. It was here that the rings became the official Olympic symbol. 　　The white background symbolizes peace and truth. The five rings in different colors represent the five continents of the world: 　　·Blue representing Europe 　　·Black representing Africa 　　·Red representing America 　　·Yellow representing Asia 　　·Green representing Australia (Oceania) 　　At the end of each Olympic Games, the mayor of the host city presents the Olympic flag to the mayor of the next host city. It then rests in the town hall for four years until the opening ceremony. Mascots of the Beijing 2008 Olympic Games 　　Like the Five Olympic Rings from which they draw their color and inspiration, Fuwa will serve as the Mascots of Beijing 2008 Olympic Games, carrying a message of friendship, peace and good wishes from China to children all over the world. Designed to express the playful qualities of five little children who form an intimate circle of friends, Fuwa also embody the natural characteristics of four of Chinas most popular animals—the Fish, the Panda, the Tibetan Antelope, the Swallow and the Olympic Flame. 　　In Chinas traditional culture and art, the fish and water designs are symbols of prosperity and harvest. And so Beibei carries the blessing of prosperity. Beibei is known to be gentle and pure. Strong in water sports, she reflects the blue Olympic ring. 　　Jingjing makes children smile and thats why he brings the blessing of happiness wherever he goes. Jingjing was chosen to represent our desire to protect natures gifts and to preserve the beauty of nature for all generations. Jingjing is an athlete noted for strength who represents the black Olympic ring. 　　Huanhuan is the big brother. He is a child of fire, symbolizing the Olympic spirit and the passion of sport. Huanhuan is outgoing and enthusiastic. He is good at all of the ball games and represents the red Olympic ring. 　　The selection of the Tibetan Antelope reflects Beijings commitment to a Green Olympic. Strong in track and field events, Yingying is a clever boy who represents the yellow Olympic ring. 　　Ninis figure is drawn from the grand tradition of kite flying designs. Her golden wings symbolize the infinite sky and spread goodluck as a blessing wherever she flies. Nini is as innocent and joyful as a swallow. She is strong in gymnastics and represents the green Olympic ring. New Words and Expressions 1. headquarters n.总部，总办公室 2. ambassador n. 大使，特使 3. amateur n. 业余爱好者 反义词：professional 4. eligible a. 适合被选的，合格的 5. succeed v. 继任，接替 6. revival n. 复活，恢复 7. mascot n. 福神，吉祥的东西 8. prosperity n. 繁荣 9. passion n. 激情，热情 10. infinite a. 无限的 11. innocent a. 纯真的，无知的；无辜的 12. be dedicated to 献身于，奉献，专注的 13. make ones first public appearance 首次亮相，初次登台 Notes 1. Lausanne：洛桑 2. Pierre de Coubertin：皮埃尔·德·顾拜旦 3. Paris Congress：巴黎会议 4. Delphi：特尔斐 5. the Tibetan Antelope：藏羚羊 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. What is true about the International Olympic Committee? A. Its headquarters is in Lausanne, Sweden. B. Its members are ambassadors devoted to promoting amateur athletics. C. Now the committee had totally 84 members. D. Presidents of the IOC are eligible for succeeding eightyear term. 2. “The revival of the Olympic Games” in the passage indicates that the Olympic Games ____. A. have lasted for hundreds of years B. have always been a popular event all over the world C. have been held every four years in one country after another D. once failed to go on regularly for many years 3. Which of the following is NOT true about Pierre de Coubertin? A. He founded the modern Olympic Games. B. He designed the fivering flag for the Olympics. C. He found an altarstone with five rings on it in Delphi. D. He interpreted the meaning of the colors of the Olympic flag. 4. It can be learned from the passage that before the fivering flag was created, the Olympic Games ______. A. had no official symbol B. had an official symbol C. had a symbol but it was not official D. had a symbol that was not widely accepted 5. The colors for the five rings are chosen because ______. A. they are the right colors for the five continents B. they are the most attractive and beautiful colors C. they include the colors of most Olympicsgoing nations D. they contain at least one color of every Olympicsgoing nations flag Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1. Fuwa will serve as the Mascots of Beijing 2008 Olympic Games. () 2. In Chinas traditional culture and art, the fish and water designs are symbols of prosperity and harvest. () 3. Jingjing is an athlete noted for strength who represents the blue Olympic ring. () 4. Huanhuan is outgoing and enthusiastic. () 5. Nini is strong in water sports and represents the green Olympic ring. 译文 奥运知识 国际奥委会 　　现代奥运会的发展和管理权归属于国际奥委会。国际奥委会1894年成立于巴黎，总部设在瑞士洛桑。成立之初，它只有14名成员，现在则有大约205名成员。这些成员是奥委会驻该国运动委员会的大使，并且致力于业余体育运动的发展事业。通常，一个国家只有一名委员。国际奥委会主席任期8年，主席任期的延长期限是4年。 奥运会旗 　　现代奥运创始人皮埃尔·德·顾拜旦为纪念奥运会恢复20周年，决定创作一面象征奥运精神的旗帜，呈献于1914年的巴黎会议。顾拜旦在设计时选用了在特尔斐市发现的一块石头祭台上的五环标志。数字五意指五大洲。他选择六种颜色，因为每一面参加奥运会的国家的国旗都至少包括其中一种颜色。1914年的巴黎会议非常喜爱如此设计的五环图案，决定将其作为奥运的正式会旗。该旗于1920年的比利时安特卫普奥运会上首次亮相。从此五环旗便成了正式的奥运标志。 　　白色背景象征着和平与真理。不同颜色的五环代表世界五大洲： 　　·蓝色代表欧洲 　　·黑色代表非洲 　　·红色代表美洲 　　·黄色代表亚洲 　　·绿色代表澳大利亚（大洋洲） 　　每届奥运会结束时，主办城市市长将奥运会旗移交给下届主办城市市长。然后会旗存放于市政厅四年直到开幕式。 北京2008年奥运会吉祥物 　　就像奥运五环的颜色和灵感一样，“福娃”将作为北京2008年奥运会吉祥物，代表中国向全世界孩子们传递友谊、和平以及美好的愿望。 　　五个可爱的亲密小伙伴的造型设计——“福娃”体现了在中国最受欢迎的四种动物—— 鱼、熊猫、藏羚羊和燕子——奥林匹克火炬的自然特征。 　　在中国传统的文化和艺术理念中，鱼和水是象征繁荣和收获的图案，所以，贝贝被寄予了对繁荣的祝福。 贝贝因她的温柔与纯洁而为人熟识。水上运动是她的强项。她代表蓝色的奥运环。 　　晶晶给孩子们带来欢笑，这就是无论他身在何处都能祈福的原因。晶晶代表了我们对天然瑰宝的保护欲望，同样也代表了我们为后代保护自然界一切美好事物的愿望。晶晶是力量型运动员的象征，代表黑色的奥运环。 　　欢欢是五福娃中的“大哥”。他是火之子，象征着炽热的奥运精神和运动热情。欢欢友好而热忱。他擅长各种球类运动，代表红色的奥运环。 　　对藏羚羊的选择折射出北京对举办绿色奥运的承诺。田赛和径赛是迎迎的强项，聪明的他代表黄色的奥运环。 　　妮妮的形象诞生于风筝飞翔设计的悠远传统。她那象征广阔天空的金色翅膀在每寸土地上挥洒了对好运的祝福。妮妮就犹如一只纯真而快乐的燕子，擅长体操的她代表绿色的奥运环。 Passage Two Pierre de Coubertin Pierre Frédy, Bar on de Coubertin, was born in Paris in 1863. His family originated in Normandy where he spent many of his summers in the family Chateau de Mirville, near Le Havre. 　　He refused the military career planned for him by his family, as well as renouncing a promising political career. By the age of 24 he had already decided the aim of his life: he would help bring back the noble spirit of France by reforming its oldfashioned and unimaginative education system. 　　Coubertin, whose father was an artist and mother a musician, was raised in cultivated and aristocratic surroundings. He had always been deeply interested in questions of education. For him, education was the key to the future of society, and he sought the means to make France rise once more after its defeat in the war in 1870. 　　Coubertin was a very active sportsman and practised the sports of boxing, fencing, horseriding and rowing. He was convinced that sport was the springboard for moral energy and he defended his idea with rare tenacity. 　　It was this conviction that led him to announce at the age of 31 that he wanted to revive the Olympic Games. 　　He made this announcement in a meeting at the Union of French Societies of Athletic Sports (USFSA), for which he was Secretary General. But no one really believed him and his statement was greeted with little enthusiasm. 　　Coubertin, however, was not discouraged and on June 23, 1894 he founded the International Olympic Committee in a ceremony held at the University of Sorbonne in Paris. Demetrius Vikelas from Greece became the first president of the IOC. 　　Two years later, in 1896, the first Olympic Games of the modern era were held in Athens. On that occasion Coubertin was elected the second president of the IOC and he remained president until 1925. Due to the First World War, Coubertin requested permission to establish the headquarters of the IOC in Lausanne, Switzerland, which was a neutral country. 　　On 10 April, 1915 the acts ensuring the establishment of the international administrative centre and archives of the modern Olympic Movement were signed in the Town Hall of Lausanne. 　　In 1922, the IOC headquarters and the Museum collections were moved to the Villa Mon Repos in Lausanne and stayed there for the next 46 years. 　　Pierre de Coubertin withdrew from the IOC and the Olympic Movement in 1925. At the age of 69, in 1931, he published his “Olympic Memoirs” in which he emphasized his wish to “place the role of the IOC, right from the start, very much above that of a simple sports association.” 　　Pierre de Coubertin suddenly died of a heart attack on 2 September 1937, in a park in Geneva. 　　In accordance with Pierre de Coubertins last wishes, he was buried in Lausanne and his heart was placed inside a stele erected to his memory at Olympic. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. For Pierre de Coubertin, what is the key to the future of the society? 2. What kind of conviction led him to announce that he wanted to revive the Olympic Games? 3. Is there anyone really believed he could revive the Olympic Games? 4. When and where the first Olympic Games of the modern era were held? 5. Why did Coubertin request permission to establish the headquarters of the IOC in Lausanne, Switzerland? Passage Three Should We Limit Drug Use in Sport? We are far from the days of amateur sporting competition. The lure of success is great. But the penalties for cheating are small. A sixmonth or oneyear ban from competition is a small penalty to pay for further years of multimillion dollar success. 　　Drugs are much more effective today than they were. Muscular strength could be improved by 5%—20%. 　　As technologies advance, drugs have become harder to detect. When the risk of being caught is zero, athletes will choose to cheat. 　　The goal of “cleaning up” the sport is unattainable. Drugs are against the rules. But we define the rules of sport. If we made drugs legal and freely available, there would be no cheating. 　　Drugs that improve our natural potential are against the spirit of this model of sport. But this is not the only view of sport. We choose what kind of training to use and how to run our race. We can display courage, determination and wisdom. It is this judgment that competitors exercise when they choose diet, training and whether to take drugs. Far from being against the spirit of sport, it is the capacity to improve ourselves on the basis of reason and judgment. 　　There is one limit: safety. We do not want an Olympics in which people die before, during or after competition… Rather than testing for drugs, we should focus more on health and fitness to compete. 　　We should permit drugs that are safe and continue to ban and monitor drugs that are unsafe. We should focus on detecting these because they are harmful not because they enhance performance. 　　The welfare of the athlete must be our primary concern. If a drug does not expose an athlete to excessive risk, we should allow it even if it enhances performance. 　　Performance enhancement is not against the spirit of sport; it is the spirit of sport. To choose to be better is to be human. Athletes should be given this choice. Their welfare should be paramount. So taking drugs is not necessarily cheating. The legalization of drugs in sport may be fairer and safer. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. penalty 2. monitor (v.) 3. enhance Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Three Sports Passage One Sports in Britain England was the first home of many of the modern worlds most popular sports. The English people are great lovers of competitive sports. It is natural for them to begin talking with a sports discussion even when they are neither playing nor watching games. They still have an admiration for sportsmanship, for playing with respect for the rules and the opponents and for winning with modesty and losing with good temper. Cricket in Britain 　　Cricket—one of the oldest games in Britain. As a true gentlemans game, cricket is regarded as the most English of all games. It was originally the game of choice for noblemen, and it has been extensively adopted only in the commonwealth. To this day, players still stop in the middle of a match for afternoon tea. So a liking for it seems to reflect the English character. Its comparative slowness and quietness is associated with its gentlemanly sportsmanship. In recent years, cricket has become less popular than it was before. If cricket expresses and embodies the spirit of England, perhaps England is losing its spirit a little. For the great majority of the British people the eight months of the football season is more important than the four months of the cricket season. Football in Britain 　　A cross comes into the box, the players rise to meet it and the striker heads it towards goal. For a split second the crowd goes silent and all eyes are on the ball. The goalkeeper dives but cannot get his hand to the ball. The crowd goes wild, everyone is jumping and shouting and the singing starts…this is British football! 　　Association Football claims the highest popular attendance in the country. The season is from midAugust to early May. It is played in most of the schools and there are thousands of amateur teams all over the United Kingdom. But for most people, football is a professionals game to be watched on Saturday afternoons. Professional football is big business. Every large town has at least one professional football club. The players have not necessarily any personal connection with the town for whose team they play. They are usually bought and sold between clubs. The newspapers are full of “Association Football,” giving details of players transfers and the fantastic salaries offered one star or another. Rugby in Britain 　　In 1823, during a soccer game at the prestigious Rugby School in central England, one of the players picked up the ball and ran with it. The way soccer was played in those days, William Webb Ellisrash action was practically suicidal. But his novel approach was taken up by other students, who went on to develop a new style of football. Known as Rugby football, it mainly involved throwing and running with the ball rather than kicking it. The players spend much time lying in the mud or on top of each other in order to get the ball. 　　The game grew in popularity, and in 1871, the Rugby Union was formed in London. It drew up the rules for a 15aside game using an oval ball. Nowadays, rugby is played in more than 80 countries around the world. As for William Webb Ellis, his spirit lives on. His name has been given to the trophy awarded to the winners of the quadrennial Rugby World Cup tournament. Nowadays, rugby football is more popular than association football in some regions like Wales. It is the traditional game of most public schools. Horseracing in Britain 　　Enjoy a day at the races in Britain. With 59 racecourses and hundreds of race meetings, theres a race for everyone. So whether youre a dedicated race follower or want to experience the thrill of a race for the first time, Britain is the place to go. 　　Horseracing, which is divided into two kinds—flatracing and hurdle racing, is chiefly a betting sport. The flatracing season goes from the end of March to the end of November. Hurdle or steeplechase racing takes up the winter months, leading to its climax in the Grand National Steeplechase at Liverpool in March. Golf in Britain 　　Golf is probably the most attractive of British sport. Many men and women of all ages are passionately fond of it. Golf is played over an area of countryside in which there are eighteen small holes; each is indicated by a flag, and each one is several hundreds yards away from the next. There are usually two players playing against each other. Each has a small white ball which he has to hit towards and into each hole in turn, counting the number of strokes. The winner is the one who completes the course in the smallest number of strokes. Tennis in Britain 　　Tennis is played with 2 (singles) or 4 (doubles) players, usually on a lawn court. A net divides the court in half, and to score, players must hit the ball over the net into the deuce court (the right side of the servers court, and the left side of their opponents court) of their opponents side. 　　Now, about 5 million people play tennis in the United Kingdom. Tennis is a quintessentially English game, and one draws people to Britain from all over the world. What can be better than sitting in the sunshine at Centre Court at Wimbledon with a bowl of strawberries and a glass of champagne, watching world champions battle it out in front of a crowd of thousands? 　　There are many other sports in Britain. Boxing and athletics attract great public interest, particularly through television and newspapers or journals. Billiards and snooker are indoor games, which are popular with ordinary people because they are cheaper and can be played in artificial light. Motorcycling, dogracing, rockclimbing, boatracing and gliding are enjoyed by smaller numbers of people. New Words and Expressions 1. admiration n. 钦佩； 赞美； 羡慕 2. cricket n. ［运动］板球 3. noble ad. 高尚的， 贵族的， 高贵的； n. 贵族 4. adopt v. 采用；收养 5. the commonwealth n. 英联邦 6. spectator sport n. 吸引许多观众的体育比赛 7. associate with 联合…… 8. striker n. 打击者；罢工者；［足］前锋 9. association football 英式足球 10. attendance n. 出席； 参加者；出勤率 11. prestigious ad. 享有声望的， 声望很高的 12. suicidal ad. 自杀的; 自取灭亡的 13. oval ad. 卵形的；椭圆的 14. trophy n. 战利品；胜利纪念品 15. quadrennial ad. 每四年一次的 16. racecourse n. 跑马场，赛马场 17. hurdle n. 篱笆， 栏；障碍；跨栏 18. climax n. 高潮；顶点 19. quintessential ad. 精萃的；精髓的 Notes 1. Rugby：拉格比，英格兰中部的一个自治区，位于伯明翰东南偏东。最初因1574年在此建立的拉格比公学而闻名，19世纪英式橄榄球在这里发起。 2. Grand National：全国越野障碍赛马。 3. Deuce court：网球术语，每边球员右半边的球场。Ad court：每边球员左半边的球场。 4. Wimbledon：温布尔登。温布尔登网球锦标赛也称“全英草地网球锦标赛”，创办于1877年7月，是现代网球史上最早举办的比赛。温布尔登市拥有18个草地、9个硬地 和两个室内网球场，其中最大的中央球场可容纳15000名观众，是世界最漂亮的草地网球场。 5. snooker：台球游戏的主要种类之一。包括：英式撞球，有3枚球；司诺克撞球(snooker)，有21枚球和1枚母球；落袋撞球(pocket billiards)有15枚球和1枚母球，每种游戏都有许多不同玩法。 6. dogracing：由于巨大的商业利润和大众的博彩心理，赛狗产业在英国相当发达，并在世界范围内迅速发展。近几年，由于世界范围内动物保护主义者的反对以及一些国家对赛狗赌博的限制，许多国家的赛狗产业受到了很大的冲击。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. Which of the following sports are not very popular in Britain? A. cricket and rugby B. tennis and gliding C. golf and football D. horseracing and swimming 2. How to understand the sentence “perhaps England is losing its spirit a little” in the second paragraph? A. British do not play cricket any more. B. England is not slow and quiet in recent years. C. Cricket is not a game for noblemen now. D. England is gradually losing its gentlemanly sportsmanship. 3. What is the meaning of the word “novel” in the fifth paragraph? A. different but interesting B. rude and impolite C. story and fiction D. careful and cautious 4. Which of the following statements is not true? A. The season of football is from midAugust to early May. B. Football is a sport for kicking, rugby is for throwing and running. C. The hurdle horseracing season goes from the end of March to the end of November. D. Golf is suitable for people of all ages. 5. We can conclude from the passage that ________. A. dogracing is also popular with the poor B. whether win or lose in golf game depends on the number of strokes C. one of the rules of playing tennis is hitting the ball over the net into the right side of opponents court D. All of the above. Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1. The temperament of British sportsmen is gentle and modesty. () 2. Football is the popular betting sport in Britain. () 3. The winter month is the climax of hurdle racing. () 4. There are total 30 players in a rugby game. () 5. British usually watch boxing games from the television. 译文 英国的体育运动 英格兰是现在世界上许多最受欢迎的运动项目的发源地。英格兰人是竞技性运动项目的狂热爱好者。即使在不参加也不观看比赛的时候，他们仍然会很自然地谈起体育运动。他们崇尚运动精神，倡导遵守规则，尊重对手，胜不骄，败不馁。 英国板球 　　板球——英国最古老的运动之一。作为一项真正的绅士运动，板球赛被誉为所有比赛项目中最具有英格兰特色的一种。它原本只属于贵族的比赛项目， 并且只在英联邦广泛流行。时至今日，球员仍会在比赛中途停下来，先去享用一杯下午茶，所以对板球的喜爱似乎反映了一种英格兰特性。板球运动中相对缓慢和安静的状态都与绅士运动精神相联系。近年来，板球的流行程度已不如从前。如果说板球表达或体现了英格兰精神的话，也许英格兰正在逐渐失去这种精神。对于大多数的英国人来讲，八个月的足球赛季比四个月的板球赛季更重要。 英国足球 　　球传入禁区，两队球员同时跳起争顶，前锋抢先一步将球顶向球门。这一瞬间，全场观众寂静无声，无数双眼睛死死盯着球。守门员一跃而起，但是手没碰到球。观众席沸腾了，每个人都在雀跃欢呼，歌声响起……这就是英国足球！ 　　足球是英国受关注程度最高的运动项目。赛季从每年8月中旬到次年5月初。全英国有上千只业余球队，球赛大多在学校举行。而对于大多数人来说，足球是每逢周六下午必看的职业比赛。职业足球比赛是一件大事。每个大点儿的城镇至少都有一个职业足球俱乐部。球员个人与他效力的城镇没有必然关系，俱乐部间球员转会是常见现象。报纸上充斥着关于足球的新闻，详细报道球员们的转会情况及其可观收入。 英国橄榄球 　　1823年，一场英格兰中部享有盛名的拉格比公学举行的足球赛中，一名球员一时冲动，把球拿起来抱着跑。以当时的足球规则，威廉·韦伯·艾利斯的鲁莽行动无疑是“自寻死路”。但他的这种新打法竟被其他学生接受，继而发展成一种新式的足球——被称为橄榄球，它以传球和抱球跑为主，而不去踢球。为了抢到球，球员经常扑倒在泥巴里或压在别人身上。 　　这项运动日渐普及，到1871年，“橄榄球联盟”在伦敦成立，并拟定了比赛规则：每一队15人，使用椭圆形球比赛。现今，世界上有80多个国家会举行橄榄球赛。至于艾利斯本人，他的精神永存。四年一次的世界杯橄榄球锦标赛的奖杯就是以“威廉·韦伯·艾利斯杯”命名的。如今，在有些地区，比如威尔士，橄榄球比足球更受欢迎，它还是大多数公立学校的传统项目。 英国赛马 　　在英国好好享受一个赛马日吧。全国59个马场及数以百计的赛事，总有一场会让你喜欢。无论你是一个忠实的赛马迷，还是想第一次体验比赛的刺激，英国就是你该去的地方。 　　赛马分为两种——平地赛马及障碍赛马，主要是一种博彩性质的体育运动。平地赛马的赛季从3月底至11月底。障碍赛马则从冬季的几个月开始，到三月的利物浦杯全国越野障碍赛马大赛达到顶峰。 英国高尔夫 　　高尔夫可能是最具吸引力的英国运动。男女老少都酷爱这项运动。高尔夫通常在郊外有18洞的球场进行，每个洞以小旗标识，洞与洞间隔几百码。通常由2人比赛，每人一个白色小球，轮流挥杆，将球打入洞中，计算杆数。待打完全场后，总杆数少的即是胜者。 英国网球 　　网球运动分2人单打和4人双打，一般在草地球场进行。一张球网将场地一分为二，球员必须使球越过球网，落在对手球员右侧的半场。 　　如今，英国有大约五百万人在打网球。网球是典型的英格兰运动，也是最能吸引世界各地的人到英国来的原因。还有什么比坐在温布尔登网球赛的中央球场内，在阳光下一边享受着草莓和香槟，一边同上千人一起观看世界冠军们决一胜负更舒适惬意的事呢？ 　　英国还有许多其他运动。公众更多的通过电视和报刊杂志关注拳击和田径项目。而落袋撞球和司诺克台球属于室内运动，由于其价格便宜而且能在灯下进行，在普通百姓之间很流行。摩托车大赛、赛狗、攀岩、赛船和滑翔也都有爱好者，但人数较少。 Passage Two Exercise Wisely Nothing is more consistently prescribed by doctors for a healthy, energetic and productive life than exercise. You can achieve these goals for yourself. 　　Dont expect immediate, magical results. Shoot for gradual, long time progress. Dont punish yourself by swallowing the “no pain, no gain” philosophy. Listen to your body; dont push it past its limits. 　　Dont become obsessed with exercise. For most people, three twentyminute aerobic exercises per week are enough in order to stay physically fit. 　　Walk briskly one mile a day after dinner. Walk down to the hall to see a colleague instead of picking up the telephone. Park in remote but safe sections of parking lots. Go upstairs on foot in stead of taking lift. 　　Before investing in expensive equipment, make a serious commitment to exercise. Research the relative benefits and drawbacks of different equipment, such as treadmills, stationary bikes, free weights, and so on. 　　Choose an exercise you enjoy so youll stick with it. 　　Spend three to five minutes warming up your muscles and body system before doing any exercise. 　　The older you get, the more you need to supplement aerobic exercise with strength training, flexibility exercises, and weight bearing activities, which help you keep your bones strong. 　　Discontinue strenuous exercise during illness. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. What is the doctors suggestion for a healthy, energetic life? 2. How often should people exercise every week in order to stay physically fit? 3. Give one example of daily exercise according to paragraph four? 4. What should people do before doing any exercise? 5. Why do people who are getting older need to supplement exercises such as strength training, flexibility exercises, and weight bearing activities? Passage Three Table Tennis History Like many other sports, table tennis began as a mild social diversion. It descended along with lawn tennis and badminton, from the ancient medieval game of tennis. It was popular in England in the second half of the 19th century under its present name and various trade names such as Gossima and WhiffWhaff. After the name PingPong,which is from an imitation of the sound made by the ball striking the table and the vellum bats that were used, was introduced by J. Jaques & Son, the game became a fashionable craze. 　　The game was popular in Central Europe in the early of 19th, and even before this is a modified version had been introduced to Japan, where it later spread to China and Korea. After a period when it had dropped out of favor in Europe, the game was revived in England and Wales in the early twenties. By that time, “PingPong” had been registered as a trademark, the earlier name of table tennis was reintroduced. National associations were formed and standardization of the rules began, both in Europe and the Far East. Then, over the next sixty years, table tennis developed into a major worldwide sport, played by perhaps thirty million competitive players and by uncountable millions who play less seriously. However, the game itself has not changed in essence since its earliest days, though it is faster, more subtle and more demanding than it was even only twenty years ago. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. diversion 2. imitation 3. drop out of Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Four Tourism Passage One A Londoners Holiday One Sunday we determined upon a holiday. It was a bold adventure for us, but we had made up our minds. There was an excursion train to Hastings, and accordingly Ellen, Marie, and myself were at London Bridge Station early in the morning. It was a lovely summers day in midJuly. The journey down was uncomfortable enough in consequence of the heat and dust, but we heeded neither one nor the other in the hope of seeing the sea. We reached Hastings at about eleven oclock, and strolled westwards towards Bexhill. Our pleasure was exquisite. Who can tell, save the imprisoned Londoner, the joy of walking on the clean seasand! What a delight that was, to say nothing of the beauty of the scenery! 　　To be free of the litter and filth of a London suburb, of its broken hedges, its brickbats, its torn advertisements, its worn and trampled grass in fields half given over to the speculative builder: in place of this, to tread the immaculate shore over which breathed a wind not charged with soot; to replace the dull, shrouding obscurity of the smoke by a distance so distinct that the masts of the ships whose hulls were buried below the horizon were visible—all this was perfect bliss. It was not very poetic bliss, perhaps, but nevertheless it is a fact that the cleanness of the sea and the sea air was as attractive to us as any of the sea attributes. We had a wonderful time. Only in the country it is possible to note the change of morning into midday, of midday into afternoon, and of afternoon into evening, and it is only in the country, therefore, that a day seems stretched out into its proper length. We had brought all our food with us, and sat upon the shore in the shadow of a piece of the cliff. A row of heavy white clouds lay along the horizon almost unchangeable and immovable, with their summitlines and the part of the mass just below them steeped in sunlight. The level opaline water differed only from a floor by a scarcely perceptible heaving motion, which broke into the faintest of ripples at our feet. 　　So still was the great ocean, so quietly did everything lie in it, that the wavelets which licked the beach were as pure and bright as if they were a part of the midocean depths. About a mile from us, at one oclock, a long row of porpoises appeared, showing themselves in graceful curves for halfanhour or so, till they went out farther to sea off Fairlight. Some fishingboats were becalmed just in front of us. Their shadows slept, or almost slept, upon the water, a gentle quivering alone showing that it was not complete sleep, or if sleep, that it was sleep with dreams. The intensity of the sunlight sharpened the outlines of every little piece of rock, and of the pebbles, in a manner which seemed supernatural to us Londoners. 　　In London we get the heat of the sun, but not the light, and the separation of individual parts into such vivid isolation was so surprising that even Marie noticed it, and said it “all seemed as if she were looking through a glass.” It was perfect—perfect in its beauty—and perfect because, from the sun in the heavens down to the fly with burnished wings on the hot rock, there was nothing out of harmony. Everything breathed one spirit. 　　Marie played near us; Ellen and I sat still, doing nothing. We wanted nothing, we had nothing to achieve; there were no curiosities to be seen, there was no particular place to be reached, no “plan of operations,” and London was forgotten for the time. It lay behind us in the northwest, and the cliff was at the back of us shutting our all thought of it. No reminiscences and no anticipations disturbed us; the present was sufficient, and occupied us totally. New Words and Expressions 1. adventure n. 冒险，奇遇 v. 大胆进行 2. excursion n. 远足，短途旅行 3. consequence ad. 因而，所以 n. 结果，后果 4. heed n. 注意，留心 v. 注意到，留心到 5. exquisite a. 强烈的；精致的，细腻的 6. imprison v. 使……入狱，关闭，拘禁 7. filth n. 污秽，污物 8. brickbat n. 碎砖，砖片 9. speculative a. 投机的 10. immaculate a. 洁白的 11. obscurity n. 模糊，不清楚 12. bliss n. 幸福，快乐 13. pebble n. 鹅卵石 v. 铺 14. opaline a. 发乳光的n. 乳白玻璃，蛋白石 15. perceptible a. 可察觉的，能感觉得到的；看得见的 16. wavelet n. 微波 17. porpoise n. 海豚 18. reminiscence n. 回想，回忆 Notes 1. Hastings：黑斯廷斯，英国英格兰东南部的港市, 是著名的短期休假圣地。东海岸有海拔122米的悬崖。人口7.4万。面积30平方公里。从19世纪起发展为著名的游览城市。 2. London Bridge Station：伦敦大桥火车站。 3. Bexhill：贝克斯希尔，位于黑斯廷斯西侧，贝克斯希尔镇以宜人的温和气候著称，沿着两英里的滨海步道漫步，可以欣赏出色的维多利亚和爱德华式建筑。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. How many people went to Hastings on Sunday? 　　A. five B. four C. three D. two 2. You can see all of the following things in London suburb except ______ according to the passage. 　　A. litter and filth B. broken hedges　　C. trampled grass D. beautiful scenery 3. How long did the porpoises stayed with them at one oclock? 　　A. one hour B. thirty minutes　　C. two hours D. twenty minutes 4. What does the word “disturb” in the last paragraph mean? 　　A. bother B. wobble C. worry D. occupy 5. What can we infer from the passage? 　　A. They dislike their tour. 　　B. Hastings isnt a very beautiful place. 　　C. They enjoyed themselves very much in Hastings. 　　D. They did some sports on the clean beach. Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1. They went to Hastings in a cloudy summers day in midJuly. () 2. They were absorbed by the cleanness of the sea. () 3. The ships were shaking violently on the sea at noon. () 4. They went to the destination by plane. () 5. London lies in the northwest of the Hastings. 译文 伦敦人的假日 　　一个星期日，我们决定去度假。虽然这对我们来说是一个大胆的行动，但我们决心已定。有一列去黑斯廷斯的旅游列车，于是，埃伦、玛丽和我一清早就来到伦敦大桥火车站。那是7月中旬一个晴朗的夏日。因为天热，尘土也多，所以旅途很不舒服，可我们盼着看大海，对这些毫不在意。大约11点钟，我们抵达黑斯廷斯，然后，朝西向贝克斯希尔走去。我们高兴极了。除了被憋在城里的伦敦人，谁能说得出在干净的海沙上那种愉快的心情呢！那是多么开心呀，更不用说还有那美丽的景色！ 远离伦敦郊区的垃圾和污秽，远离那里的损坏的树篱、碎砖瓦块、破坏的广告以及多半已经给了投机开发商的土地上被践踏踩坏的草地，而是迎着不含煤烟的海风在干净的海岸上漫步；没有讨厌的弥漫的烟雾，一望无际，远处的船只虽然船身埋在天际以下，船桅却清晰可见——这一切都让人欢喜至极。也许，这不是特别富有诗意的喜悦；可是，大海的洁净，海上空气的清新，如同大海的其他任何特征一样，对我们极富吸引力，这却是事实。我们会度过一段十分美好的时光。只有在远离都市的地方才能注意到从早晨到中午、从中午到下午、从下午到晚上的变化；因而，只有在远离都市的地方，一天的时间看来才能延伸到它应有的长度。我们都带了食物，坐在海滩上一个峭壁阴凉处。一排厚厚的白云浮在天际线之上，几乎没有变化，纹丝不动，白云的上沿和沿下的部分映衬着阳光。平稳的蛋白石色水面只有出现了难以察觉的浮波才显出变化，这浮波在我们的脚下形成极其微弱的波纹。 　　大海仍然是那样的平静，海里的一切是那样的安静，拍打着海滩的微波，是那样的纯净，那样的清亮，好像它们是来自海洋中间深处的一部分。下午一点钟，距离我们大约一英里的地方，来了长长的一串鼠海豚，展示它们身上优雅的线条，过了半个小时左右，它们又朝大海远处费尔莱特以外的地方游去了。几只小船停在我们面前。小船的影子在海面上睡着，或几乎是在睡眠，偶尔一点微微的波动表示船影没有完全入睡，或者假如睡了，也是在睡梦之中。强烈的阳光把每一块大大小小的石头都照得轮廓鲜明，这在我们伦敦人看来很神奇。 　　在伦敦，我们只有太阳的高温，而见不到太阳的光线；在这里，阳光把每一个物体都变得如此清晰分明，这让人感到惊奇，连玛丽都注意到了，她说：“好像照镜子似的。”这太完美了——美到了极致——说它完美，因为，从天上的太阳到热石上的苍蝇的亮晶晶的翅膀，一切都如此和谐。一切都透出一种同样的精神。 　　玛丽在我们附近玩，埃伦和我静静地坐着，什么也没做。我们无欲无求，没有目标；没有好奇的东西可看，也没有什么特别的地方想去，没有“活动计划”，暂时把伦敦抛在了脑后。伦敦在我们后面的西北方向，峭壁就耸立在我们身后，挡着我们不让我们想起伦敦。不想过去，也不想未来；当下就足够了，而且它已经将我们完全占有。 Passage Two Mt. Taishan Mt. Taishan lies in central Shandong Province, spanning the ranges of Taian and Jinan Cities. It covers an area of 550km2. It was known in ancient times as Taishan until it was renamed Taishan in the Spring and Autumn Period, and was regarded as preeminent among Chinas Five Holy Mountains. Seventytwo Chinese emperors of various dynasties made pilgrimages to Mt. Taishan. They include Emperor Qin Shihuang, Emperor Wudi of the Han Dynasty, Emperor Taizong of the of the Tang Dynasty and Emperor Qianlong of the Qing Dynasty. 　　Mt. Taishan is endowed with many scenic spots. A large number of them were given names in ancient times. They include 112 peaks, 98 cliffs, 18 caves, 58 oddshaped rocks, 102 streams and valleys, 56 pools and waterfalls, and 64 springs. 　　Mt. Taishan also shows off cultural heritage with an endless history of several thousand years. Currently on the mountain, there are 22 ancient architectural complexes, 97 ruins, 819 stone tablets and calligraphy. Main sites of interest are the Tiankuang Temple, Nantian Gate, Azure Cloud Temple, Peak for Viewing the Sun, Sutra Rock Valley, and Helong Pool. 　　Mt. Taishan has an extremely rich cultural heritage. Poets and literary scholars of each dynasty also visited Mt. Taishan. Famous scholars, including Confucius, Sima Qian, Cao Zhi, Li Bai, Du Fu, composed poetry and prose and left their calligraphy on the mountain. The currently kept 97 sites and 22 ancient building complexes provide materials for research into Chinas ancient architecture. 　　Mt. Taishan rises suddenly to 1,300m above the vast plain of north China. The sharp contrast between Mt. Taishan and its surrounding plain and hills makes it especially majestic. Mt. Taishan rises from about 150 m above sea level, to the Middle Gate to Heaven at 847m, to the Southern Gate to Heaven at 1,460m, and finally to the Jade Emperor Peak at 1,545m. Standing in the central part of Shandong, the mountain stretches for 100km. Its base covers an area of 426km2. 　　All in all, Mt. Taishan is a mountain of outstanding value from the point of view of aesthetics, science, history and culture. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Where does Mt. Taishan lie in? 2. Before the Spring and Autumn Period, whats Mt. Taishans another name ？ 3. Can you name a few main sites of interst? 4. Mt. Taishan has a rich cultural heritage. Can you tell us something about it? 5. Whats the highest spot of Mt. Taishan? Passage Three Railway Boosts Tourism in Xizang The Xizang(Tibet) Autonomous Region in Southwest China is enjoying a booming tourism industry thanks to the opening of the QinghaiXizang Railway over a year ago. 　　The railway, the highest in the world, has been bringing record numbers of tourists into the plateau, with inbound visitors reaching 2.5 million last year, a 40% jump from 2005, said Deng Xiaogang, vice chairman of the region of Xizang during a press conference in Lhasa on August 22, 2007. 　　Opened in July 2006, the railway serves as a major transport link for passengers and goods. It has greatly decreased the cost of moving cargo to 0.12 yuan per ton, compared with 0.27 yuan by road, making commodities more accessible and cheaper for Tibetan residents. At the same time, more Tibetan products are finding their way to bigger markets in the country. 　　But tourism has created the biggest boost in this area. Faced with the unprecedented number of travelers from home and aboard, the vicechairman said the regional government is paying great attention to preserving culture in the autonomous region where Tibetan residents have developed their own arts. 　　Deng played down concerns by some people that those flocking into the region to seek job opportunities might leave local residents unemployed. He said it was normal to see exchanges between Tibetans and people from other regions and provinces. 　　“Like people coming here, and more Tibetans are going to Beijing, Shanghai and other cities and settling down there,” Deng said. He added that the government of the autonomous region at the same time was trying to help more locals find employment. “For example, during the construction of the QinghaiXizang Railway, local herdsmen were hired first”, he said. 　　One of the attractions of the Xizang Autonomous Region is its clean air and blue skies. In order to minimize air pollution incurred from vehicles and industries related to tourism, Zhang Tianhua, head of the local environmental protection administration, said the autonomous region has been monitoring carbon dioxide in the air since the 1990s. Presently, the CO2 is still less than 20 milligrams in every cubic meter of air here. 　　And to preserve the environment, the government has banned the use of plastic bags in restaurants, hotels and shops in the autonomous region to reduce “white pollution.” 　　These are some of the many efforts the government is doing to ensure the “roof of the world” has a bright future. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. autonomous 2. accessible 3. flock into Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Five Food and Drinks Passage One As Food Costs Soar, Its Back to Basics for Meal Rebecca Woods and her family in Mo. have turned to the land, planting hundreds of vegetables and relying on their own chickens for eggs. Retirees Sally and Robert Jones of Alpine, Texas, have reverted to some of the menus that got them through graduate school many years ago, living on beans, stews and soups. Dave Snyder of Mobile, Ala., goes to four grocery stores in search of bargains. 　　They are just a few examples of how Americans are changing their meal planning as food prices continue to climb. 　　When USA TODAY asked readers to report how they are coping with higher grocery bills while still eating healthfully, dozens of people responded with lists of ways theyre cutting costs. Their ideas range from reducing restaurant meals to planting gardens, using coupons, shopping smarter and cooking more economical meals. 　　Is all this necessary? Government statistics say yes. 　　Overall, food prices climbed 4% in 2007, the biggest annual increase since 1990, and prices are projected to rise 4.5% to 5.5% in 2008, according to the U.S. Department of Agriculture. 　　In a recent USA TODAY/Gallup Poll of 1,016 adults, 46% said the higher cost of food is creating a financial hardship. They said they have noticed an increase in the cost of milk, fruits, vegetables, meat, bread and eggs. 　　“The biggest problem is the food prices are not going to go back down,” says Phil Lempert, one of the nations top trackers of supermarket trends. “Traditionally, weve seen an increase, and it comes back down as the commodities come back down,” he says. “I dont think we are going to see that.” 　　“Often when food prices increase, the first items that grocery shoppers leave out of their carts are the healthful foods—fruits, vegetables, fish and lean meats,” says Adami, director of the Center for Public Health Nutrition at the University of Washington in Seattle, “Instead, they buy more caloriedense foods loaded with sugar or fat, such as sweetened cereals, packaged macaroni and cheese, and noodles to fill hungry stomachs,” he says. 　　“It doesnt have to be that way,” Adami says. “People can use these difficult times to their nutritional advantage by buying locally grown produce, growing some of their own food or brushing up on their cooking skills,” he says. 　　“It takes three things to be well nourished: knowledge, money and time,” Adami says. “If you have three out of three, you have no problem. If you have two out of three, you can manage. So if money drops out, you can use your knowledge and time to find and cook affordable, nutrientrich food. If you have no time, then knowledge and money will tide you over. You can buy (nutritious) takeout. ” 　　“The problem is when you are zero for three,” Adami says. “It becomes a difficult situation, and I sympathize. We were sinking financially.” 　　Several USA TODAY readers said that for years, they dashed through the grocery store, grabbing whatever they needed, and didnt realize how high the prices had gotten until they took a hard look at their budget. 　　That was the case for Rebecca Woods, 50, a childrens book author, who lives in Mo. During the past year, the grocery bill for her family of five, including two teen boys and a collegeage daughter, doubled from ＄800 to ＄1,600 a month. When she figured that out, she says, “I about choked.” 　　“We were eating whatever we wanted—yogurt, bagels, namebrand cereals. I wasnt looking at the price of anything. Every week, I ran into the grocery, I bought what I needed and ran out. But,” she says, “I realized we were sinking financially and couldnt go on that way.” 　　The family decided to economize on dining out, food and gas. “They cut back on eating out from a couple of times a week to about once a month. Theyve also consolidated their trips to the grocery store in Mo., which is 23 miles from their home,” Woods says. “Now we give the list to our daughter, who works in town, and she gets the groceries before she comes home.” 　　This spring, they took their gardening to new heights, planting 235 potato plants, more than 1,000 stalks of sweet corn, and dozens of winter squash, tomatoes, peppers and carrots. They also have a small orchard with nine fruit trees—pear, apricot, apple, plum and peach. Woods family plans to freeze some of the produce and share the rest with neighbors and friends. 　　The family also keeps a cow for milking and several chickens, which produce about two eggs every day. “In short, many of our habits are changing dramatically, and we are prepared to change them further if the times get worse,” Woods says. “Its very satisfying that we can take control of this portion of our lives without making any dramatic sacrifice.” New Words and Expressions 1. soar v. 剧增；高飞；滑翔 2. revert to 回复；归还 3. stew n. 炖肉(或菜) 4. tracker n. 追踪者；追踪系统 5. commodity n. 日用品 6. leave out 省去， 遗漏；不考虑 7. nutrition n. 营养， 营养学 8. load with v. 装载某物 9. cereal n. 谷类食品， 谷类 10. macaroni n. 通心面 11. brush up on 温习，复习 12. nourish v. 滋养；（使）健壮 13. tide over v. 度过；克服 14. sympathize v. 同情；共鸣；同感；同意 15. yogurt n. 酸奶酪， 酵母乳 16. bagel n. 百吉饼 17. consolidated a. 加固的；整理过的；统一的 18. winter squash 笋瓜 19. orchard n. 果园 20. apricot n. 杏， 杏树 21. sacrifice n. 牺牲，亏本，损失Notes 1. Mo.：Missouri缩写，美国密苏里州州名。 2. Alpine, Texas：德克萨斯州的阿尔派恩镇。 3. Mobile：莫比尔市，美国亚拉巴马州第三大城市和唯一的海港城市。 4. Ala. ：Alabama缩写，美国阿拉巴马州州名。 5. USA TODAY：《今日美国》，是美国唯一的彩色版全国性综合日报，1982年9月15日创刊，总部设在弗吉尼亚州的罗斯林。 6. U.S. Department of Agriculture：美国农业部，简称USDA。是联邦政府内阁13个部门之一，是重要的经济管理部门。美国农业部是按照法律设置的，其职能可以用一句话来概括，即“从田间到餐桌”。 7. Gallup Poll：盖洛普民意测验。调查内容包括政治、经济、社会等。采用抽样调查方法，分析统计调查结果并作出说明。盖洛普民意测验是一种观点的民意测验，它常常被各大媒体用于代表民意的一种表现方式。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. Why does Dave Snyder go to four grocery stores when he goes shopping? A. He wants to buy some fresh food. B. He tries to find some nutritional food. C. He goes to four stores in order to find cheaper food. D. Hed like to choose a store with good environment. 2. As food prices increase, the shoppers usually choose the following food except ______. A. packaged macaroni B. lean meats C. sweetened cereals D. cheese 3. How to understand the title “As food costs soar, its back to basics for meal”? A. As the food prices increase continuously, people choose original ways of living. B. As the food prices climb continuously, people prefer food with more fat and sugar. C. As people have no money, they often eat at home. D. As food is more and more expensive, people plant vegetables by themselves. 4. On paragraph 13, the word “choked” which is underlined means ______. A. happy B. hard to breath C. sad D. disappointed 5. How do some Americans change their meal planning as food prices climb? A. They reduce restaurant meals and cook by themselves. B. They plant vegetables and fruits in their gardens. C. They keep cows for milking and keep chickens for eggs. D. All of the above. Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1.Retirees Sally and Robert Jones live on beans, stews and soups now because they prefer nutritional food. () 2. Americans are trying to cut costs on the premise of eating healthfully. () 3. According to the Gallup Poll, only a few Americans think that they are confronting a financial hardship. () 4. Adami believes that if people have one out of the three things to be well nourished, they can still manage. () 5. Rebecca Woods give the goods list to her daughter because she wants to save money. 译文 食物开销飞涨，饮食返璞归真 　　居住在密苏里州的丽贝卡·伍兹和她的家人已经开始将目光投向自家田地，在那里种植了许多蔬菜，并且吃自己家养的鸡下的蛋。住在德克萨斯州阿尔派恩镇的退休老人萨利与罗伯特·琼斯，他们菜单中的有些菜式和多年前大学时代时一样，主要是豆类、炖肉和汤。阿拉巴马州莫比尔市的戴夫·斯奈德，为了买到便宜商品会跑四家杂货店。 　　随着食品价格持续攀升，美国人正在改变他们的饮食计划。这只是其中的几个例子。 　　当《今日美国》问读者如何在保障饮食健康的同时应对高额账单时，很多人给出了削减开支的不同方法。他们的方法有减少外出就餐到种植菜园、使用优惠券、精明消费及煮食更省钱的饭菜。 　　这一切有必要吗？政府的统计数字表明：有。 　　整体而言，食品价格在2007年上涨了4％，这是1990年以来最大的一次年度增幅。根据美国农业部的预计，2008年价格预计上涨4.5％至5.5％。 　　最近《今日美国》对1016名成年人进行的盖洛普民意测验显示，46％的人表示：食品开支的增加正造成他们财政上的困境。他们说他们注意到牛奶、水果、蔬菜、肉类、面包和鸡蛋的价格都在上涨。 　　 “最大的问题是食品价格没有回落的趋势，” 研究国家超市发展趋势的高级调查员菲尔·伦帕特说，“一般来说，食品价格上涨过后会随日用品价格的回落而回落，”他说，“但是，我认为我们没有看到这种迹象。” 　　通常，当食品价格上涨时，购买者首先会从购物车中减掉健康食品——水果、蔬菜、鱼和瘦肉等。西雅图华盛顿大学公共卫生营养中心主任阿达姆说，“相反，他们购买更多含糖或脂肪的高热量食物，如加糖的谷类食品、成包的通心粉和奶酪、面条等，以填饱肚子。”他说道。 　　“没有必要这样做。”阿达姆说，“人们可以利用困难时期，通过购买本地农产品、自己种粮食或温习自己的烹饪技巧，来丰富自身的营养知识。”他说道。 　　 “实现营养饮食需具备三点：知识、金钱和时间。”阿达姆说，“如果你三者都具备，那就没有任何问题。如果你具备其中两点，也可以应付。钱不多，你可以利用你的知识和时间去找到并烹制出便宜又营养的食物。没有时间，知识和金钱能帮你渡过难关。你可以购买有营养的外卖食品。” 　　“问题是，当您三者都不具备时，”阿达姆说，“它就成为一种困境，我自己也有同感。我们的经济在不断衰退。” 　　《今日美国》的部分读者说，多年来，他们习惯于冲进食品店，匆匆抓取他们所需要的物品。直到认真研究了自己的预算，他们才意识到物价上涨得有多高。 　　这也是居住在密苏里州的50岁儿童图书作家丽贝卡·伍兹正遭遇的情形。去年，他们一家五口——包括两个十几岁的男孩和一个上大学年龄的女儿的食品开销翻了一番，从每月800美元增至每月1600美元。当她算出这个数字后说：“我几乎窒息。” 　　“我们想吃什么就买什么——酸奶、面包圈、名牌谷物。我从来不看任何东西的价格。每周我冲进食品店，购买需要的东西后匆匆离开。但是，我已经意识到我们正遭遇财政危机，不能再这样下去了。” 　　全家决定在外出用餐、食品和汽油方面减少开支。他们将外出就餐的次数由一周两次减少到每月一次。他们还将购物地点固定在离家23英里的密苏里州的一家食品店。伍兹说：“现在我们把购物清单交给在城里工作的女儿，她每次回家前去食品店购买。” 　　今年春天，伍兹一家的种植规模迈上了新台阶，种植了235棵马铃薯，1000多棵甜玉米，许多笋瓜、西红柿、青椒和胡萝卜。他们还有一个小果园，种了9棵果树——梨树、杏树、苹果树、李子树和桃树。他们打算冷藏其中一部分产品，其余的与邻居和朋友们分享。 　　伍兹家还养了一头奶牛和几只鸡，这些鸡大概每天能下两个鸡蛋。“总之，我们的许多生活习惯正在发生显著变化，我们也做好了准备，如果日子变得更艰难，会改变更多的习惯，”伍兹说：“令人满意的是，我们不需要做出太多的牺牲，就能够把日子打理得井井有条。” Passage Two Fast Food Nowadays fast food is popular all over the world, people see all kinds of fast food restaurants wherever they go. Most people believe that fast food business has become part of our life. There are several reasons for its popularity. Firstly, fast food offers the most efficient way to eat. When you go into a fast food restaurant, its unnecessary to waste time to consider what to eat; a list of the items available is displayed with pictures above the long counter. Precious time wont be wasted in waiting at your table for your food to arrive. You receive what you want immediately after ordering and take them on a tray to a table yourself. If you cant see any knives and forks, this means you are supposed to eat with your hands. When youve finished, you throw away everything except the tray. Fast food can be eaten in the restaurant or taken out in a paper bag and eat it at home, at work, or in a park. When order you may be asked “for here” or “to go”．Moreover, many fastfood places have drivein facilities．You place your order from your car via a microphone and then drive to a special window to pay and pick it up. Then you drive off and eat in your cars or wherever you like. Secondly, fast food restaurants provide a good place for relaxation. Its popularity is attributed to the clean food, the excellent service and the comfortable environment. People get together with their friends, chatting or playing cards there; students come here after school, reading books or doing homework, and meanwhile enjoy a bag of chips and a cup of cola with ice. Thirdly, youngsters can even find good opportunities of working practice in some fast food restaurants. Working experience help them understand the society better and improve their communication skills. In many ways, we benefit a lot from the fast food business. But its reported that fast food is unfit particularly for children who need more nutrition for their growth, for there is little nutrition in it. If you always have it, your health will be badly affected. Certainly we shouldnt abandon something rashly, and its not wise to give up eating for fear of being choked, but its more important that we should accept it by carefully choice. Only in this way can we keep ourselves independent, and have the children grow healthily. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Why is fast food popular all over the world nowadays? 2. Where can you usually find the menu of a fast food restaurant? 3. When you are asked “for here” or “to go”, what does that mean? 4. Is fast food restaurant a good place for relaxation? Why? 5. Are there any disadvantages of fast food? Passage Three The History of Coffee The history and development of coffee are varied and interesting. According to one story, the effect of coffee beans was noticed by a sheep herder from Ethiopia named Kaldi, when he tended his sheep. He noticed that the sheep became hyperactive after eating the red “fruit” from a certain plant. He tried a few himself, and was soon as overactive as his sheep. The story relates that a monk happened by and blamed him for eating up the devils fruit. However the monks soon discovered that this fruit from the shiny green plant could help them stay awake for their prayers. Another legend gives us the name for coffee or “mocha.” An Arab Omar was banished to the desert with his followers to die of hunger. In desperation, he asked his friends to boil and eat the fruit from an unknown plant. Not only did the soup save them, but their survival was taken as a religious sign by the residents of the nearest town, Mocha. The plant and its beverage were named Mocha to honor this event. Originally the coffee plant grew naturally in Ethiopia, but once transplanted in Arabia was monopolized by them. One early use for coffee would have little appeal today. The Galla tribe from Ethiopia used coffee, but not as a drink. They would wrap the beans in animal fat as their only source of nutrition while on raiding. The Turks were the first country to adopt it as a drink. Coffee was introduced much later to countries beyond Arabia whose people believed it to be a delicacy and guarded its secret as if they were top secret military plans. Transportation of the plant out of the Moslem nations was forbidden by the government. The actual spread of coffee was started illegally. One Arab named Baba Budan smuggled beans to some mountains near Mysore, India, and started a farm there. Early in the 20th century, the descendants of those original plants were found still growing fruitfully in the region. Coffee was believed by some Christians to be the devils drink. Pope Vincent III heard this and decided to taste it before he banished it. He enjoyed it so much that he baptized it, saying “coffee is so delicious it would be a pity to let the infidels have exclusive use of it.” Coffee today is grown and enjoyed worldwide, and is one of the few crops that small farmers in the thirdworld countries can profitably export. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. herder 2. banish 3. beverage Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Six Mental Health Passage One Dont Let Depression Ruin a Good Thing Feeling down? Getting the blues? You are not alone. Everyone gets sad. Some people have sad feelings just once in a while, and others may have sad feelings pretty often. More than half of teenagers go through a sad period at least once a month and plenty of younger kids do, too. 　　When youre in a sad mood, it may feel like it will last forever, but usually feelings of sadness dont last very long—a few hours, or maybe a day or two. A deeper, more intense kind of sadness that lasts a lot longer is called depression. Each year millions of people are estimated to suffer from depression, a condition so widespread that it has been dubbed “the common cold of mental illness.” 　　Depression is associated with many symptoms and not everyone has the same ones. Some people have many symptoms, while others may only have a few. The following symptoms may signal that you or someone you love may be depressed: 　　1．Appearance—sad face, slow movements, upset look. 　　2．Unhappy feelings—feeling sad, hopeless, discouraged, or listless. 　　3．Negative thoughts—“Im a failure,” “Im no good,” “No one cares about me.” 　　4．Reduced activity—“I just sit around and mope,” “Doing anything is just too much of an effort.” 　　5．Reduced concentration. 　　6．People problems—“I dont want anybody to see me,”“ I feel so lonely.” 　　7．Guilt and low selfesteem—“Its all my fault,” “I should be punished.” 　　8．Physical problems—sleeping problems, weight loss or gain, decreased sexual interest, or headaches. 　　9．Suicidal thoughts or wishes—“Id be better off dead,” “I wonder if it hurts to die.” 　　The exact cause of depression remains unclear. The most probable explanation is that it is an imbalance in neurotransmitters in the brain. But what triggers it in the first place? 　　Firstly, genetic factors. There is a growing interest in genetic approaches to understanding a variety of diseases and depression is no exception. Some people certainly seem to more vulnerable to depression. Some studies have shown that people who have relatives with depression have a one in four chance of developing it themselves, compared with only one in fourteen for the general population. 　　Secondly, external triggers. In most cases just having these genes is probably not enough to cause depression on its own. Depression can be triggered by a number of factors such as unemployment, bereavement, social isolation or even a severe physical illness. 　　Anyone may suffer from depression, regardless of age, gender, race and belief. It is “normal” for certain people to feel depressed—such as women, older people, employees with workrelated stress, or people with chronic illness. 　　Women are more than twice as likely as men to experience depression. Although the reasons for this difference are not known, research suggests that biological differences in women—such as hormonal changes and genetics—may contribute to depression. Additionally, social reasons, such as greater stresses from work and family responsibilities, and even the increased rates of sexual abuse and poverty among women, may lead to higher rates of clinical depression. 　　Depression affects employees at all levels of the corporate ladder. One in every 20 employees experiences the illness. An estimated 200 million workdays are lost each year due to employee depression. Depression tends to affect people in their prime working years and if left untreated it may last a lifetime. 　　Unfortunately, many employees with depression dont seek the treatment they need. Some people are embarrassed to get help for depression, or are reluctant to talk about how they are feeling. Others believe that depression will simply go away on its own, and they should just “tough it out.” Such views are simply wrong, like any other medical illness, depression requires professional treatment. Talking to friends and family members can often give you the support needed when going through lifes difficulties. However, for those with clinical depression, such support is no substitute for the care of a health professional. Clinical depression is a serious illness that you cannot treat on your own. 　　Clinical depression is one of the most treatable of all medical illnesses. In fact, more than 80% of people with depression can be treated successfully with medication, psychotherapy or a combination of both. Many people believe that psychological therapies make more sense than the use of antidepressants, but this ignores the fact that depression is a genuine physical illness. However, the choice of right treatment depends on a variety of factors, such as severity of illness, presenting symptoms, age, etc. 　　Only a qualified healthcare professional can decide if someone has clinical depression. As with many illnesses, if treatment is needed, the earlier it begins, the more effective it can be. Furthermore, early treatment decreases the likelihood of recurrence. 　　The commonest forms of psychotherapy aim to help the depressed person replace negative thoughts and attitudes with a more realistic view of themselves and the world about them. Interpersonal psychotherapy focuses more on past and present relationships and examines how they affect the patientscurrent functioning. 　　Antidepressant therapies began in 1956. Now, there is a wide choice of antidepressants available. They are the recognized treatment for all forms of moderate and severe depression regardless of cause. About 70% of patients with depression respond to treatment with antidepressants. Antidepressants ate useful and effective, they are not addictive and do not lose efficacy with continued use. 　　Talk with your doctor or a qualified mental health professional if you think you may have symptoms of clinical depression. With recognition and treatment, depression can be overcome! New Words and Expressions 1． symptom n. 症状，征兆 2． listless a. 冷淡的；无精打采的；倦怠的 3． mope v. 忧郁; 扫兴; 闷闷不乐 4． suicidal a. 自杀的，毁灭的 5． neurotransmitter n. 神经传递素 6． trigger v. 引发，引起，触发；n. 诱因 7． vulnerable a. 易受攻击的 8． bereavement n.丧亡 9． chronic a. 慢性的 10．hormonal a. 荷尔蒙的，激素的 11．clinical a. 临床的 12．antidepressant n. 抗抑郁病药 a. 抗抑郁症的 13．likelihood n. 可能，可能性 14．recurrence n. 复发 15．addictive a. 上瘾的 16．efficacy n. 功效，效力 Notes 1．Depression：萧条；沮丧，消沉；低气压区。在医学上也指抑郁症。 2．The corporate ladder：事业，职位。 3．Psychotherapy：精神疗法。Psycho心理的, Therapy, 疗法、处方。精神疗法又称心理治疗，就是利用心理学的理论知识和技巧，通过各种方法，应用语言和非语言的交流方式，影响对方的心理状态，改变其不正确的认知活动、情绪障碍，解决其心理上的矛盾，达到治疗疾病目的的一种治疗方法。 　　 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. What are the symptoms of depression? A. Feeling sad and hopeless. B. Having no interest in anything. C. Do not want to communicate with the others. D. All of the above. 2. Which of the following is NOT true about the cause of depression or the imbalance in neurotransmitters in the brain? A. People who have relatives with depression have a 1/4 chance of developing it themselves. B. Anyone may suffer from depression, regardless of age, gender, race and belief. C. Older people were most likely to get depression. D. We should pay attention to both genetic factors and external triggers. 3. Why women are more likely to experience depression than men? A. Because of biological difference between women and men. B. Women have greater stresses from work and family responsibilities. C. Men have no stresses from work. D. Both A and B. 4. What is the antidepressant therapy? A. By using the antidepressants, it can treat all forms of moderate and severe depression. B. Antidepressants are not very useful and effective. C. Antidepressants are addictive and we had better not use them. D. With continued use, this therapy will lose efficacy. 5. If you think you may have symptoms of clinical depression, what should you do? A. Try to do something which can make you feel happy and depression will simply go away on its own. B. Consult a qualified healthcare professional and determine whether you have clinical depression, and then find a right treatment. C. Talk to friends, family members and turn to them for help. D. Tough it out. Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1.The common depression and clinical depression are the same. () 2.We call the depression “the common cold of mental illness” because it has the same symptoms as the cold. () 3.Interpersonal psychotherapy focuses more on past and present relationships of the patient. () 4.Depression tends to affect people in their prime working years and will last for a lifetime. () 5.Clinical depression is a serious illness that most of the patients cant be treated successfully. 译文 远离抑郁症 感到沮丧？觉得忧郁？不只你会这样，每个人都会感伤。有些人只是偶尔感伤，而有些人则常常这样。超过半数的青少年至少每月都会有一次情绪的低潮，而众多的年纪更小的孩子也同样如此。 　　当你情绪低落的时候，你觉得这会永远持续下去，但通常这种悲伤的感觉不会持久——几个小时或者一两天。一种更严重、持续时间更长的情绪低落被称为抑郁症。每年有大约数百万人患上抑郁症，涉及范围之广以至于它被称为“精神感冒”。 　　抑郁症有很多症状，但并不是每个患者的症状都一样。有些人有很多症状，而有些人则可能只有少数症状。以下症状表明你或者你爱的人也许患上了抑郁症： 　　1．外表——表情忧伤、行动迟缓、精神恍惚。 　　2．感觉不快——悲伤、绝望、沮丧、懒倦。 　　3．想法消极——“我很失败”，“我不好”，“没人关心我”。 　　4．活动减少——“我无所事事，且闷闷不乐”，“做任何事都很费力”。 　　5．精神难以集中。 　　6．人际关系出现问题——“我不想见任何人”，“我感到很孤独”。 　　7．内疚和自尊心减弱——“全都是我的错”，“我应该受到惩罚”。 　　8．身体问题——睡眠问题、体重减少或增加，性欲减退或者头痛。 　　9．有自杀念头或倾向——“我还是死了算了”，“不知道死会不会痛”。 　　引起抑郁症的确切原因还没有查明。最有可能的解释是由于脑部神经传递素的失衡所致。但这又是首先由什么引起的呢？ 　　第一，基因因素。由基因层面研究各种疾病的方法越来越受到关注，抑郁症的治疗也不例外。显然有些人很容易患上抑郁症。越来越多的证据显示，某些基因使人们更易患上这种疾病。有研究表明，亲属患有抑郁症的人，有1/4的患病概率，相比之下，普通人群则为1/14。 　　第二，外部诱因。大部分情况下，基因因素并不足以引起抑郁症。很多因素都会诱发抑郁症，例如失业、丧亲、孤立或者更为严重的身体疾病。 　　不论年龄大小、性别、种族和信仰，任何人都有可能患上抑郁症。某些人群常常会感到压抑，比如女人、老人、工作压力大的雇员和慢性病患者，这都是“正常的”。 　　女人患上抑郁症的概率是男人的两倍还要多，虽然引起这种差异的原因仍未清楚，但有研究表明人体内的生物差异，比如荷尔蒙变化和基因差别，也许是导致这种差异的原因。另外，社会原因如工作压力和家庭责任，甚至是女性遭受性虐待和面临的贫困问题日益加重，都可能导致女性的临床抑郁症高发。 　　抑郁症对不同职位的工薪阶层都会产生影响，每20个雇员中就有1个人会患上该病。每年大约有两亿个工作日因为雇员的抑郁症而丧失。抑郁症往往出现在人们职业生涯的全盛时期。如果抑郁症得不到治疗，可能会持续一辈子。 　　很不幸，很多患有抑郁症的雇员不去寻求他们必需的治疗。有些人羞于寻求帮助，或者不愿向别人说出自己的感受。有些人认为抑郁症会自动消失，所以应该“强忍着”。这种想法是错误的，像其他任何一种疾病一样，抑郁症需要专业的治疗。在生活中遇到困难的时候，与朋友和家人聊天常常能给你支持。但是，对于临床抑郁症，这样的支持并不能代替专业的治疗。临床抑郁症是一种不能靠自己治愈的严重疾病。 　　临床抑郁症是所有既往病症中最容易医治的病之一。实际上，超过80%的抑郁症病人都能通过药物治疗、心理治疗或者两者结合的方法治好该病。很多人认为心理疗法比运用抗抑郁症的药物治疗更有效，但这忽视了抑郁症是一种真正的身体疾病的事实。然而，正确疗法的选择需由多种因素决定，例如病情轻重、临床症状、年龄大小等。 　　只有合格的专业医护人员才能诊断一个人是否患上了抑郁症。像其他许多疾病一样，如果需要医治，那么抑郁症越早医治就越有效。此外，早期治疗可以降低复发的可能性。 　　普通的精神疗法的目的是帮助抑郁者用实际的人生观和世界观代替消极的想法和态度。人际精神疗法则集中分析患者过去和现在的人际关系，以发现他们如何影响患者现在的健康状况。 　　抗抑郁症药物疗法始于1956年。现在，有多种抗抑郁症药物可供选择。作为针对各种病因不明的中、重度抑郁症的治疗处方，它们已被广泛接受。抗抑郁症药物治疗对大约70%的抑郁症病人有效。抗抑郁症药物实用有效，没有副作用，不会让人体产生依赖，长期使用也依然会有效力。 　　如果你怀疑自己有临床抑郁症症状，找你的医生或合格的精神专家谈谈吧。只要给予充分重视，及时治疗，抑郁症是能治好的！ Passage Two Wednesday is the Most Depressing Day of the Week If you struggled to get up for work on Wednesdays, there could be a good reason—it is the day our mood reaches its lowest point. 　　Psychologists have found that, on average, peoples moods remain about the same on each day throughout the week. Monday has traditionally been thought of as the most depressing day of the week but according to psychologists, midweek gives more causes for concern in reality. 　　Wednesday represents the lowest point in the week as people are furthest away from the weekend that has either just gone or is coming up and often feel bogged down with work. 　　To start their research, the scientists from University of Sydney asked around 200 people what they thought their mood would be on each day of the week. 　　Most said their worst moods were on Monday mornings and evenings but they became increasingly cheerful as the week wore on, with their best moods falling on Friday and Saturday mornings and evenings. 　　When asked why they believed that Friday and Saturday were best, respondents said they saw them as lessstructured days when they could choose how to spend their time. 　　The psychologists then asked a further 350 people how they felt each day. They found that, on average, peoples moods remained about the same on each day throughout the week. Mondays were not so depressing as they had feared and Fridays and Saturdays were not so exciting as predicted. 　　Professor Charles Areni, who led the study, said the dayoftheweek stereotypes stem from a cultural belief that people are generally happier when they are free to choose their activities compared to when they are engaged in paid work. 　　In reality, he said, weekends do not often see moods soar because they are frequently dominated by productive activities that may require large amounts of energy and begin to feel like work. 　　“Dayoftheweek stereotypes like Monday Morning Blues and Thank God Its Friday are largely illusions,” he said. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Wednesday is considered to be the most depressing day of the week, why? 2. What is the “dayoftheweek stereotypes”? 3. Whats the trigger of “dayoftheweek stereotypes”? 4. Whats the result of the research by the scientists from University of Sydney? 5. Whats your opinion toward dayoftheweek stereotypes, and how to deal with it? Passage Three Make You Look More Attractive If you exhibit positive traits such as honesty and helpfulness, the chances are that you will be perceived as a good looking person. For a new study has found that the perception of physical attractiveness is influenced by a persons personality. 　　The study, led by Gary W. Lewandowski Jr. found that people who exhibit negative traits, such as unfairness and rudeness, appear to be less physically attractive to observers. 　　In the study, the participants viewed photographs of oppositesex individuals and rated them for attractiveness before and after being provided with information on personality traits. After personality information was received, participants also rated the desirability of each individual as a friend and as a dating partner. 　　Information on personality was found to significantly alter perceived desirability, showing that cognitive processes modify judgments of attractiveness. 　　“Perceiving a person as having a desirable personality makes the person more suitable in general as a close relationship partner of any kind,” said Lewandowski. 　　The findings show that a positive personality leads to greater desirability as a friend, which leads to greater desirability as a romantic partner and, ultimately, to being viewed as more physically attractive. 　　The findings remained consistent regardless of how “attractive” the individual was initially perceived to be, or of the participants current relationship status or commitment level with a partner. 　　“This research provides a more positive alternative by reminding people that personality goes a long way toward determining your attractiveness; it can even change peoples impressions of how good looking you are,” said Lewandowski. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. trait 2. rate 3. cognitive Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Seven Water Passage One In order to survive, all animals and plants must have much water free from toxic materials and pathogenic microorganisms. As people congregate more and more in metropolitan areas, the problem of supplying an adequate quantity of pure water becomes greater and greater. One of the prime functions of the sanitary engineer is to ensure that there is always a safe supply of potable water. So well has the sanitary engineer done this job that it is possible to obtain pure, safe drinking water in some developed countries. Their citizens have become so accustomed to obtain pure drinking water that they easily fall prey to contaminated water in many areas outside their countries. Source of Water 　　All water comes in the form of precipitation. The heat of the sun evaporates water from the oceans, seas, river and lakes. The heat also evaporates water from the ground and from plants and animals. Water vapour is formed. This rises and forms clouds in the air. When the clouds come near a mountain, they are forced to rise. The higher they rise, the more they are cooled. This causes more and more water vapour to condense. In this way, the tiny drops of water in the clouds get bigger and bigger until they are heavy enough to fall to the Earth as rain. 　　As the water falls in the form of rain or snow or sleet or hail, it acts as a vacuum cleaner picking up all the dust and dirt in the air. Needless to say, the first water that falls picks up the greatest concentration of contaminants. After a short period of fall, the precipitation is relatively free of microorganisms. When the water hit the ground, a portion of it runs off across the surface of the ground and a portion of it sinks into the ground. Surface Water 　　The water running across the surface of the ground has been designated surface water. It picks up many substances as it flows back to the ocean, microorganisms, organic matter, and minerals. Surface water collects in low areas forming lakes and ponds, and being rich in nutrients it becomes a perfect medium for the growth of all types of microorganisms. All forms of microbial life are found in surface waters. The types and numbers of microorganisms are a direct reflection of the condition in the water. 　　 If the water is free of minerals, little, if any, biological life will be found. As more organic matter and minerals find their way into the surface water, bacteria, algae, and protozoa grow. Fairly pure waters support few total numbers of microorganisms but have a relatively large number of different species. As more contaminants enter the water, the total number of microorganisms increases, while the number of species decreases. Waters high in inorganics show excellent algae growth, while waters polluted with organics show predominantly bacteria growths. Surface waters containing large numbers of microorganisms must be treated prior to use. Since “an ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure,” efforts are made to keep most surface reservoirs from becoming contaminated, thereby eliminating the need for extensive treatment. Ground Water 　　The surface water which seeps into ground is designated ground water. As it travels through the surface layers of the earth, it pick up some minerals and a few organics in solution. The microorganisms and particulate matter find themselves being filtered out in the upper layers. Thus it is that most ground waters taken far below the earths surface are free of microorganisms. These waters are usually relatively low in mineral and organic contaminants. Needless to say, ground waters are usually preferred as source of drinking water to surface waters. New Words and Expressions 1. toxic ad. 有毒的 2. pathogenic a. 致病的 3. microorganism n. 微生物 4. congregate v. 聚集 5. metropolitan a. 大城市的 6. sanitary engineer 环卫工程师 7. fall a prey to 成为……的牺牲品 8. contaminant n. 污染物质 9. precipitate v. 降雨 10. designate v. 表示，称为 11. nutrient n. 养分 12. microbial a. 微生物的 13. algae n. 藻类 14. protozoa n. 原生动物 15. inorganics n. 无机物 16. predominantly ad. 显著地 17. seep vi. 渗入 18. particulate n. 粒子 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. Clouds are formed from _____. A. water vapor B. evaporation 　C. the hydrologic cycleD. groundwater 2. Water returns to the earth by _____. A. infiltration B. pollution 　C. precipitation D. evaporation 3. The best source of drinking water is _____. 　A. surface water B. sea water C. ground water D. lake water 4. Which of the following statements is NOT true? 　A. All water comes in the form of precipitation. 　B. The first water that falls picks up the greatest concentration of contaminants. C. The types and numbers of microorganisms are a direct reflection of the condition in the water. D. Fairly pure waters support few total numbers of microorganisms and little number of different species. 5. “An ounce of prevention is worth a pound of cure,” means that _____. A. water treatment is not important B. surface water prevention is more important than water treatment C. water treatment costs much money D. surface water prevention costs much money Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1. While circulating in the ground, on the surface of the earth, water becomes polluted. () 2. Citizens from developed countries can drink pure, safe water from anywhere outside their countries. () 3. After a short period of fall, the precipitation is absolutely free of microorganisms. () 4. Fresh waters have a relatively large number of different species, but few total numbers of microorganism. () 5. Ground waters are usually preferred as sources of drinking water, because they have relatively low minerals and organic contaminants. 译文 所有动植物的生存都离不开丰富的、不含有毒物质和致病菌的水源。随着人类越来越向大城市集中，提供充足的洁净水这一问题也越来越重要。环卫工程师的一个主要职责就是保证洁净饮用水的供应。这一工作做得很出色，发达国家已经能获得洁净、可靠的饮用水。这些国家的公民习惯饮用洁净水，而一旦到了国外的许多地方，他们就很容易成为污染水源的受害者。 水源 所有的水都来自降水。太阳热量使海洋、河流和湖泊蒸发了大量的水。同时，太阳热量也使地面上和动植物蒸发大量的水，形成水蒸气上升，在空中形成浮云。浮云飘近山脉时被迫上升，升得越高，气温降得越低。这使越来越多的水蒸气凝结。这样，浮云中的水滴逐渐变大，直到大得以降雨形式落到地面。 　　当水以雨、雪、雨夹雪和冰雹形式出现时，作用很像真空吸尘器，夹带走空气中的所有尘埃污物。当然，最初的降水所含的污染物的浓度最大，短暂时间以后，降水中的微生物就比较少了。水落到地面后，一部分流经地面，一部分渗入地下。 地面水 　　流经地面的水称为地面水。它在流回海洋途中夹带了微生物、有机物和无机物等许多物质。汇聚在低洼处的地面水形成湖泊和池塘，因为水中富含养分，所以成为各种微生物生长繁殖的理想场所。地面水中含有各种形态的微生物，其种类和数量直接反映了水的质量。 　　如果水中不含矿物质，则几乎没有什么生物可以在水中生存。当较多的有机物和无机物进入地面水中，细菌、藻类和原生动物便成长繁殖起来。相当洁净的水中微生物含量很少，但种类较多。水中的污染物越多，微生物的数量越多，种类却随之减少。无机物含量较高的水中藻类生长茂盛，而有机物含量较高的水中，细菌繁殖明显增加。微生物含量高的地面水在使用之前必须经过处理。“预防胜于治疗”，人们正努力保护地面水库免遭污染，以避免进行大范围的水处理。 地下水 渗入地下的水称作地下水。当水流经地表层时，带走一些液体的无机物和有机物、微生物和颗粒物质也在地层上部被滤出。因此，大部分地底层深处的水不含微生物，水中无机物和有机物污染较少，显而易见，地下水比地面水更宜于作饮用水源。 Passage Two Water Supply A water supply for a town usually includes a storage reservoir (蓄水库) at the source of the supply, a pipeline(管线) from the storage reservoir to the distribution reservoir near the town, and finally the distribution pipes(管道) buried in the streets, taking the water to the houses, shops, factories and offices. The main equipment is thus the two reservoirs and the pipeline between them. The function of the storage reservoir is to keep enough water over one or several years to provide for all high demands(高峰用水量) in dry periods, and the distribution reservoir has the same function for the day or week. The storage reservoir by its existence allows the supply sources to be smaller and less expensive. And the distribution reservoir similarly allows the pipeline and pumps to be smaller and cheaper than they would be if it did not exist. 　　In the United States, some of whose cities have the largest water use in the world per person, the average used per person varies from 200 to 500 liters(升) per day. But it must not be assumed(认为) that colder countries will eventually reach the same level of use, because much of the highest US demand comes from the water spent in summer on air conditioning equipment and the watering of gardens. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. What does a water supply include? 2. What is the main equipment? 3. What is the function of the storage reservoir? 4. What is the function of the distribution reservoir? 5. Why do Americans use so much water? Passage Three Water Pollution Water is used in homes, in farming, and in manufacturing. The water used by the people comes from oceans, lakes, rivers, and streams. Many water sources are becoming polluted. People are throwing things into the water. Factories are dumping waste materials into the water. Cities are dumping sewage into the water. Some water sources have become so badly polluted that the water cannot be made fit to use. Water pollution is mainly caused by waste from factories and cities. Oceans are able to clean themselves, but certain seas, once they become dirty, are not able to do so. One example is the Mediterranean which lies between Europe and Africa. It has only one narrow entrance to the ocean in the west. One quarter of the shores of the Mediterranean are polluted and are no longer safe for swimming, as a lot of diseases are present in the water. In most places it is not safe to eat the fish. Lakes also have the same problems. Lake Baikal in Asia was once the cleanest in the world, with over 700 different kinds of plant and animal life. Now, however, the waters of this great lake, which is also the worlds deepest (over 1,740 meters), have been dirtied by waste from a chemical factory. In 1989 an oil tanker hit a rock off the northwest coast of Alaska. 35,000 tons of oil poured into the sea. The accident was one of the worst in history. More than 34,000 birds and 10,000 animals were killed. 4,800 square kilometers of ocean were polluted. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. fit 2. narrow 3. present Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Eight Science and the Future Passage One Black Holes What is a black hole? Well, its difficult to answer this question, since the terms we would normally use to describe a scientific phenomenon are not enough here. Astronomers and scientists think that a black hole is a region of space (not a thing) into which matter has fallen and from which nothing can escape—not even light. So we cant see a black hole. A black hole has a strong gravitational pull and yet it has no matter. It is only space—or so we think. How can this happen? The theory is that some stars explode when their density increases to a particular point; they collapse and sometimes a supernova occurs. From earth, a supernova looks like a very bright light in the sky which shines even in the daytime. Supernovae were reported by astronomers in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Some people think that the Star of Bethlehem1 could have been a supernova. The collapse of a star may produce a White Dwarf or neutron star—a star, whose matter is so dense that it continually shrinks by the force of its own gravity. But if the star is very large (much bigger than our sun) this process of shrinking may be so intense that a black hole results. Imagine the earth reduced to the size of a small ball, but still having the same mass and a stronger gravitational pull, and you have some idea of the force of a black hole. Any matter near the black hole is sucked in. It is impossible to say what happens inside a black hole. Scientists have called the boundary area around the hole the “event horizon.” We know nothing about events which happen once objects pass this boundary. But in theory, matter must behave very differently inside the hole. For example, if a man fell into a black hole, he would think that he reached the center of it very quickly. However an observer at the event horizon would think that the man never reached the center at all. Our space and time laws dont seem to apply to objects in the area of a black hole. Einsteins relativity theory is the only one which can explain such phenomena. Einstein claimed that matter and energy are interchangeable, so that there is no “absolute” time and space. There are no constants at all, and measurements of time and space depend on the position of the observer. They are relative. We do not yet fully understand the implications of the relativity theory; but it is interesting that Einsteins theory provided a basis for the idea of black holes before astronomers started to find some evidence for their existence. It is only recently that astronomers have begun specific research into black hole. In August 1977, a satellite was launched to gather data about the 10 million black holes which are thought to be in the Milky Way. And astronomers are planning a new observatory to study the individual exploding stars believed to be black holes. The most convincing evidence of black holes comes from research into binary star systems. Binary stars, as their name suggests, are twin stars whose position in space affects each other. In some binary systems, astronomers have shown that there is an invisible companion star, a “partner” to the one which we can see in the sky. Matter from the one which we can see is being pulled towards the companion star. Could this invisible star, which exerts such a great force, be a black hole? Astronomers have evidence of a few other stars too, which might have black holes as companions. The story of black holes is just beginning. Speculations about them are endless. There might be a massive black hole at the center of our galaxy swallowing up stars at a very rapid rate. Mankind may one day meet this fate. On the other hand, scientists have suggested that very advanced technology could one day make use of the energy of black holes for mankind. These speculations sound like science fiction. But the theory of black holes in space is accepted by many serious scientists and astronomers. They show us a world which operates in a totally different way from our own and they question our most basic experience of space and time. New Words and Expressions 1. phenomenon n. 现象 2. astronomer n. 天文学家 3. gravitational ad. 重力的 4. explode v. 爆炸； 爆发 5. density n. 密度 6. collapse v. 倒塌；崩溃 7. supernova n. ［天］超新星 8. shrink v. 收缩；皱缩；缩短 9. mass n. 块；大多数；质量 10. suck in 吸收；吞没；使卷入 11. boundary n. 边界；分界线 12. constant n.恒［常］量；恒定［不变］值 13. implication n. 牵连；含义；暗示 14. the Milky Way n. 银河 15. observatory n. 天文台， 气象台 16. affect v. 影响， 对……起作用 17. exert v. 发挥， 使……受影响 18. speculation n. 推测；思考， 思索 19. swallow up 淹没；耗尽 Notes 1. Star of Bethlehem：圣诞星 2. White Dwarf：白矮星。一种低光度、高密度、高温度的恒星。因为它的颜色呈白色，体积比较矮小，因此被命名为白矮星。 3. neutron star：中子星。一般直径只有10千米，质量却和太阳差不多。它是一种密度比白矮星还高的超密度恒星。在中子星上，每立方厘米物质足足有10亿吨重。 4. event horizon：视界。一个事件刚好能被观察到的那个时空界面称为视界。发生在黑洞里的事件不会被黑洞外的人所观察到，因此我们可以称黑洞的界面为一个视界。 5. Einsteins relativity theory：爱因斯坦相对论。相对论是关于时空和引力的基本理论，主要由爱因斯坦创立，分为狭义相对论和广义相对论。相对论颠覆了人类对宇宙和自然的“常识性”观念，提出了“时间和空间的相对性”、“四维时空”、“弯曲空间”等全新的概念。 6. binary star：双子星。两颗质量相近的主星，由于引力十分接近，所以彼此吸引对方，互相绕着对方旋转不分离。 7. companion star：伴星。组成双星的两颗恒星都称为双星的子星。其中较亮的一颗称为主星；较暗的一颗称为伴星。主星和伴星亮度有的相差不大，有的相差很大。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. According to the passage, what is/are the correct description(s) of a black hole? A. Its a region of space into which matter has fallen. B. It has strong gravitational pull so that even light can not escape. C. Its a place with no matter. D. All of the above. 2. What is the result of the collapse of a star except ______? A. a White Dwarf B. a neutron star C. a Star of Bethlehem D. a black hole 3. From the passage, what is the chief content of Einsteins relativity theory? A. The measurements of time and space are absolute. B. The man who falls into a black hole will never reach the center. C. The matter and energy are interchangeable, time and space are relative. D. There are black holes in the space. 4. Which of the following statements is NOT true? A. Astronomers began to research into the supernovae since the 20th centuries. B. The star which is very large and has massive density can shrink into a black hole. C. Some people are for fear of black hole, others are confidential and optimistic. D. We cant see a black hole because its light can not escape from there. 5. The binary stars ______. A. the only evidence of black holes B. are twin stars which affect each other in the space C. are invisible D. can exert great force all the time Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1. The black hole is only a space with matter. () 2. Supernova can be seen even in the daytime. () 3. If a man fell into a black hole, we can observe the whole process. () 4. A satellite was launched to gather data about the Milky Way in 1977. () 5. The theory of black holes in space is admitted by many scientists. 译文 黑洞 什么是黑洞呢？这个问题很难回答，因为我们通常用来描述某种科学现象的术语用在这里是不够的。天文学家和科学家们认为黑洞是个空间区域，物体会掉进去，而没有任何物体能从中逃逸出来——即使是光也不能，所以我们看不到黑洞。黑洞产生很强的引力，而它却没有物质。它只是空间——或者说我们认为如此。这是怎样发生的呢？ 　　其原理是一些星球的密度增长到临界点时就会爆炸；它们在坍缩过程中有时会产生超新星。在地球上看去，超新星就像天空中非常耀眼的灯，即使在白天也能看到其闪光。在17世纪和18世纪，天文学家就有关于超新星的记录，一些人认为圣诞星可能就是一颗超新星。星球由于自身物质密度很大，可以靠自身重力持续坍缩，坍缩时会产生白矮星或者中子星。但是，如果这是颗超大质量的恒星，坍缩的过程过于剧烈就可能产生黑洞。想象一下地球被缩小成一个小球大小，但是仍具有同样的质量和超强的引力，你就会对黑洞的威力有所了解了。任何黑洞附近的物质都会被吸进去。对于黑洞内发生了什么谁也无法说清。科学家们把黑洞的边缘区域称为“视界”。一旦物体经过这个边界，我们对所发生的事就一无所知了。但是理论上说，在黑洞里的物质的运动肯定与洞外大不相同。 　　例如：如果一个人掉进黑洞，他会认为自己很快就能到黑洞中心，但在“视界”的观察者看来，这个人永远到不了黑洞的中心。看起来我们的时空理论不适用于黑洞内的物体。爱因斯坦的相对论是唯一可以解释这种现象的理论。爱因斯坦声称物质和能量是可以互相转化的，因此就没有绝对的时间和空间。根本不存在永恒，时间和空间的度量取决于观测者的位置，它们是相对的。我们还没有完全理解相对论的含义；有趣的是，在天文学家开始找寻黑洞存在的证据之前，爱因斯坦就为黑洞这个概念提供了理论基础。只是近来科学家才开始对黑洞做具体研究。1977年8月，人们发射了一颗卫星，去收集有关银河系可能存在的千万个黑洞的数据。天文学家正在计划新建一个天文台，研究个别爆炸中并被认为有可能形成黑洞的恒星。 　　黑洞存在最有说服力的证据来自对双子星的研究。双子星，正如它们的名字，是两颗在太空由引力彼此吸引的星体。天文学家已经证明，有些双星系有一颗看不到的伴星，也就是我们可以在天空中看到的一颗星球的伙伴。可见星球上的物质正被吸引到无形的伴星上去。这颗产生如此巨大力量却又看不见的星体会是黑洞吗？天文学家还有其他一些可能与黑洞相伴的星体存在的证据。 　　对黑洞的研究才刚刚开始。各种推测层出不穷。一方面，也许在银河系的中心就存在着一个巨大的黑洞，正以极快的速度吞食着星体。有一天人类也会遭此厄运。另一方面，科学家提出，有一天高科技能将黑洞的能量用于造福人类。这些设想听起来像科幻小说，但宇宙黑洞的理论被许多严谨的科学家和天文学家所接受。他们向我们展示了一个与我们目前运行方式截然不同的世界，并对我们最基本的时间和空间体验提出了质疑。 Passage Two Is Cloning the Future? Saving lives has always been an important mission of science. Now science, and indeed all society, is facing a new dilemma: whether or not to try and save more lives through human cloning. 　　The first cloning experiments in the 1950s involved frogs and toads. It was not until 1997 that scientists successfully cloned the first mammal, the now worldfamous sheep known as Dolly. Cloning techniques have continued to improve since then, and today there are cloned mice, salmon, and cattle. 　　Some scientists want to apply the methods used in cloning animals to produce skin, organs, and other body parts for humans. One of these methods involves taking adult cells from the brain or blood and growing them into new tissues. Another, more complex, technique takes embryo cells and develops them into a wide variety of cell types and tissues. It is this planned use of human embryos that has resulted in controversy and criticism. 　　The cloning of human cells provides the potential to find cures and eliminate diseases. The dream of some researchers is to create a utopian world of good health. Others question whether it is right to “Play God” in an attempt to cure the disabilities and diseases of this world. 　　Some of the great hopes for cloning include the ability to perform transplants, whenever they are needed, using cloned organs. For example, people with lung cancer may simply have their lungs replaced with healthy ones. Scientists also look forward to the day when people in wheelchairs can walk again, and illnesses can be prevented. 　　Many people fear the effects cloning could have on our society. They imagine masses of identical people, and the production of “perfect” humans for warfare or slave labor. We might even see headless human bodies being stored at hospitals for their “spare parts”. With such thoughtprovoking possibilities for the 21st century, human cloning will no doubt continue to receive widespread attention and scrutiny. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. What is the new problem of saving lives nowadays? 2. What can be regarded as a great progress for cloning techniques? 3. What are the methods of developing cells into new tissues? 4. What is your understanding of the underlined words “a utopian world of good health”? 5. If a man suffers from lung cancer, what can cloning techniques do for him? Passage Three The Man on the Moon? In July 1969, people around the world witnessed Americas greatest achievement: NASA succeeded in landing a man on the moon, and in the effort, won its space race against the USSR. Millions of people were breathlessly watching blackandwhite images of Neil Armstrong bounding across a rocky landscape. But did these millions actually witness a man on the moon? 　　Many people believe in a lunar conspiracy: the United States government filmed the Apollo missions in a movie studio. Conspiracy theorists doubt that NASA had technology advanced enough to send a rocket to the moon, considering that, in those days, simple calculating computers were as big as houses and were very slow. Even today, rocket scientists are unable to fire a rocket and have it land upright. Conspiracy theorists are curious: How can NASA claim to have done just that in the 1960s? 　　Seeing is believing, but it is the pictures NASA used as proof of the landing that have raised questions. NASA took the nowfamous pictures of Neil Armstrong planting a waving American flag on the moon. But considering that the moon has no atmosphere, and thus no wind, how can the flag be waving? 　　More doubt about the truth of the lunar landing comes from NASAs claim that it used regular slide film to take pictures on the moon. Conspiracy theorists point out two problems with this claim: Normal film will freeze and shatter if it gets colder than minus 20 degrees Celsius; it gets much colder than that on the moon. Secondly, there are high levels of radiation in space. Since film is sensitive to radiation (film is not even supposed to be put through the Xray machines at an airport) how did NASA end up with pictures unaffected by it? Conspiracy theorists would like to know. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. conspiracy 2. atmosphere 3. radiation Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Nine Oil Passage One Oil and Its Function There are three main groups of oils: animal, vegetable and mineral. Great quantities of animal oil come from whales, those enormous creatures of the sea, which are the largest remaining animals in the world. To protect the whale from the cold of the Arctic seas, nature has provided it with a thick covering of fat called blubber. When the whale is killed, the blubber is stripped off and boiled down, either on board ship or on shore. It produces a great quantity of oil which can be made into food for human consumption. A few other creatures yield oil, but none so much as the whale. The livers of the cod and the halibut (two kinds of fish) yield nourishing oil. Both cod liver oil and halibut liver oil are given to sick children and other invalids who need certain vitamins. These oils may be bought at any chemists. 　　Vegetable oil has been known from antiquity. No household can get on without it, for it is used in cooking. Perfumes may be made from the oils of certain flowers. Soaps are made from vegetable and animal oils. 　　To the ordinary man, one kind of oil may be as important as another. But when the politician or the engineer refers to oil, he almost always means mineral oil, the oil that drives tanks, airplanes and warships, motorcars and diesel locomotives; the oil that is used to lubricate all kinds of machinery. This is the oil that has changed the life of the common man. When it is refined into petrol, it is used to drive the internal combustion engine. To it we owe the existence of the motorcar, which has replaced the private carriage drawn by the horse. To it we owe the possibility of flying. It has changed the methods of warfare on land and sea. This kind of oil comes out of the earth. Because it burns well, it is used as fuel and in some ways it is superior to coal in this respect. Many big ships now burn oil instead of coal. Because it burns brightly, it is used for illumination; countless homes are still illuminated with oilburning lamps. Because it is very slippery, it is used for lubrication. Two metal surfaces rubbing together cause friction and heat; but if they are separated by a thin film of oil, the friction and heat are reduced. No machine would work for long if it were not properly lubricated. The oil used for this purpose must be of the correct thickness; if it is too thin it will not give sufficient lubrication, and if it is too thick it will not reach all parts that must be lubricated. 　　The existence of oil wells has been known for a long time. Some of the Indians of North America used to collect and sell the oil from the wells of Pennsylvania. No one, however, seems to have realized the importance of this oil until it was found that paraffinoil could be made from it; this led to the development of the wells and to the making of enormous profits. When the internal combustion engine was invented, oil became of worldwide importance. 　　What was the origin of the oil, which now drives our motorcars and aircraft? Scientists are confident about the formation of coal, but they do not seem so sure when asked about oil. They think that the oil under the surface of the earth originated in the distant past, and was formed from living things in the sea. Countless billions of minute sea creatures and plants lived and sank to the seabed. They were covered with huge deposits of mud; and by processes of chemistry, pressure and temperature were changed through long ages into what we know as oil. For these creatures to become oil, it was necessary that they should be imprisoned between layers of rock for an enormous length of time. The statement that oil originated in the sea is confirmed by a glance at a map showing the chief oilfields of the world; very few of them are far distant from the oceans of today. In some places gas and oil come up to the surface of the sea from its bed. The rocks in which oil is found are of marine origin too. They are sedimentary rocks, rocks which were laid down by the action of water on the bed of the ocean. Almost always the remains of shells, and other proofs of sea life, are found close to the oil. A very common sedimentary rock is called shale, which is a soft rock and was obviously formed by being deposited on the seabed. And where there is shale there is likely to be oil. New Words and Expressions 1. mineral n. 矿物的 2. whale n. 鲸鱼 3. arctic a. 北极的，极冷的 the Arctic 北极，北极地区 4. blubber n. 鲸脂 5. cod n. 鳕鱼 6. halibut n. 大比目鱼 7. invalid n. 病弱者， 年迈者 8. antiquity n. 古代，古物 9. diesel locomotive n. 柴油机车 10. lubricate v. 润滑 11. carriage n. 马车 12. illumination n. 照明 13. slippery ad. 滑的，滑溜的 14. Pennsylvania 宾夕法尼亚 15. paraffinoil n. 煤油 16. deposit n. 沉积物 17. imprison v. 监禁 18. sedimentary rock n. 沉积岩 19. shale n. 页岩 Notes 1. internal combustion engine：an engine that produces power by burning petrol 内燃机。 2. sedimentary rock：沉积岩。是在地表不太深的地方，将其他岩石的风化产物和一些火山喷发物，经过水流或冰川的搬运、沉积、成岩作用形成的岩石。在地球地表，有70%的岩石是沉积岩，大洋底部几乎全部为沉积岩或沉积物所覆盖。沉积岩中蕴藏着大量的沉积矿产，如煤，石油，天然气，盐类等。 3. shale：页岩。由黏土物质硬化形成的微小颗粒，黏土岩的一种。成分复杂，除黏土矿物外，还含有许多碎屑矿物和自生矿物，具页状或薄片状层理，用硬物击打易裂成碎片。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. Whales are ______. 　　A. the largest animals that have ever lived in the world 　　B. the largest animals living on land 　　C. the largest animals now living in the world 　　D. the largest animals living in the Caspian Sea 2. The term “mineral oil” is used by the author to refer to ______. 　　A. the oil from which petrol is made　　B. petrol only 　　C. cod liver oil　　D. any oil that burns 3. Oilburning lamps ______. 　　A. are used in more and more homes nowadays 　　B. are not used very much now 　　C. burn more brightly than any other kind of lamp 　　D. are used by a large number of people, although not so many as previously 4. Mineral oil became very important only when ______. 　　A. the oil wells in Pennsylvania were developed 　　B. the internal combustion engine was invented 　　C. lubricating oils were made from it 　　D. American Indians began to collect and sell it 5. Scientists think that ______. 　　A. coal was formed from shale under the surface of the earth 　　B. oil was formed from large deposits of mud on the seabed 　　C. oil was formed from sea creatures caught between layers of rock D. oil was formed from sea water by processes of chemistry, pressure and temperature Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1. A few other creatures yield oil as much as the whale, such as the cod and the halibut. () 2. Vegetable oil has been known for an enormous length of time. () 3. The oil that drives tanks, airplanes and warships, motorcars and diesel locomotives is very important to the politician. () 4. Many big ships now burn coal instead of oil. () 5. Scientists are confident about the formation of coal, but they do not seem so sure when asked about oil. 译文 油及其作用 油主要有三种：动物油、植物油和矿物油。大量的动物油取自鲸鱼——海里的庞然大物，也是地球上现存的最大动物。为了保护鲸鱼抵御北极海域的严寒，大自然给它提供了一层厚厚的名为鲸脂的油脂。当鲸鱼被猎杀，鲸脂或在船上或在岸上被剥离煮沸浓缩。这样能生产大量的油，制成食品供人类消费。其他几种动物也能产油，但都不如鲸鱼产得多。鳕鱼和大比目鱼的肝脏产的油营养丰富。这两种鱼肝油供生病的孩子和其他需要某些维生素患者食用。这些鱼肝油在药店都能买到。 　　植物油自古代起就为人所知。因为要做饭用，家家都离不开它。某些花油可以用来制作香水。肥皂也是由动植物油制成的。 　　对普通人来说，油的重要性都一样。但政治家或工程师要是提到油，他总是指矿物油，能开动坦克、飞机、轮船、汽车和柴油机车的油；能使各种机械得到润滑的油。这是一种改变了普通人生活的油。当把它炼成汽油，就用它来驱动内燃机。我们把汽车的出现归功于它，是汽车代替了私家马拉车。我们把能够上天飞行归功于它。它还改变了在陆地和海上作战的方式。这种油出自地下。因为它燃烧充分，被用做燃料，这方面在某种程度上优于煤。现在的许多轮船烧油而不是烧煤。因为油燃烧发光，所以可用来照明，现在无数家庭仍然在使用油灯照明。两个金属面接触产生摩擦和热量，但是如果它们被薄薄一层油所分割，摩擦和热量就会减少。如果不对机器进行适当的润滑，它就不能长时间工作。这种用途的油必须黏稠适中，如果太稀，它就不能提供足够的润滑，而如果太稠，它就不能到达所有需要润滑的部件。 　　很久以来人们就知道有油井。一些北美的印第安人曾经从宾夕法尼亚的油井中采油售卖。然而，直到发现能从中炼出煤油，人们才认识到这种油的重要性，这导致了采油业的发展并从中赚取巨额利润。到内燃机发明时，石油成为世界性的重要资源。 　　现代驱动汽车和飞机的石油是怎样形成的？科学家十分清楚煤炭的形成，但当被问到石油的形成时就不那么自信了。他们认为地下的石油起源于遥远的过去，是由海里的生物形成。几百亿数不清的海洋小动植物生长并沉到海底，由巨量的沉积泥所覆盖；经过漫长的化学过程，压力和温度的变化成为我们所熟知的石油。要使这些生物变成石油，需要长时间地把它们封闭在岩层间。只要看一眼世界主要油田分布图就能证实石油源自海洋的观点。很少有油田远离今天的海洋。有些地方天然气和石油从海底浮出水面。那些发现石油的岩层也源自海洋。它们是沉积岩，由海底的海水作用积淀而成。几乎总是在石油附近发现贝壳的遗体，还有其他海洋生命的证据。一种非常普通的沉积岩叫叶岩，它是一种质地不硬显然是在海底沉积而成的岩石。哪儿有页岩哪儿就可能有石油。 Passage Two Oil Drilling 　　Geologists, scientists who study rocks, indicate the likely places to the oil drillers. In some cases oil comes out of the ground without any drilling at all and has been used for hundreds of years. In the island of Trinidad the oil is in the form of asphalt, a substance used for making roads. Sir Walter Raleigh visited the famous pitch lake of Trinidad in 1595; it is said to contain nine thousand million tons of asphalt. There are probably huge quantities of crude oil beneath the surface. 　　The king of the oilfield is the driller. He is a very skilled man. Sometimes he sends his drill more than a mile into the earth. During the process of drilling, gas and oil at great pressure may suddenly be met, and if this rushes out and catches fire the oil well may never be brought into operation at all. This danger is well known and steps are always taken to prevent it. 　　There is a lot of luck in drilling for oil. The drill may just miss the oil although it is near; on the other hand, it may strike oil at a fairly high level. When the drill goes down, it brings up soil. The samples of soil from various depths are examined for traces of oil. If they are disappointed at one place, the drillers go to another. Great sums of money have been spent, for example in the deserts of Egypt, in “prospecting” for oil. Sometimes little is found. When we buy a few gallons of petrol for our cars, we pay not only the cost of the petrol, but also part of the cost of the search that is always going on. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Why does the author mention Trinidad? 2. How much asphalt does the pitch lake contain? 3. When the oil well may never be brought into operation? 4. Under what condition do the drillers go to another place to try their luck? 5. Who will pay the cost of unsuccessful drilling? Passage Three Oil Refining and Places of Oil Deposits When the crude oil is obtained from the field, it is taken to the refineries to be treated. The commonest form of treatment is heating. When the oil is heated, the first vapors to rise are cooled and become the finest petrol. Petrol has a low boiling point; if a little is poured into the hand, it soon vaporizes. Gas that comes off the oil later is condensed into paraffin. Last of all the lubricating oils of various grades are produced. What remains is heavy oil that is used as fuel. 　　There are four main areas of the world where deposits of oil appear. The first is that of the Middle East, and includes the regions near the Caspian Sea，the Black Sea, the Red Sea and the Persian Gulf. Another is the area between North and South America, and the third, between Asia and Australia. 　　The fourth area is the part near the North Pole. When all the present oilfields are exhausted, it is possible that this cold region may become the scene of oil activity. Yet the difficulties will be great, and the costs may be so high that no company will undertake the work. If progress in using atomic power to drive machines is fast enough, it is possible that oildriven engines may give place to the new kind of engine. In that case the demand for oil will fall, the oilfields will gradually disappear, and the deposits at the North Pole may rest where they are for ever. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. exhaust 2. scene 3. disappear Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Ten Natural Disasters Passage One The Couple on the Beach The beach at Khao in southern Thailand had once been beautiful—fine, white sand as deep as pile carpeting; fishing boats bobbed in the distance on a placid sea. Khao Lak was the kind of resort setting you see in your dreams. No longer, I walked along the shore with my colleague Cameron, picking my way through the rubble left by the tsunami that devastated much of the Thailand coast in December 2004, taking 180,000 lives. The beach looked like an industrial junkyard now. Pieces of buildings, cars and palm trees were tangled together in rusting heaps, along with a haunting array of personal effects littering the sand like so many sad little epitaphs. 　　I worked with a church group that did relief work. “We need every helping hand we can get,” they said. Id been to Thailand before, and had fallen in love with the country and its people. The land of smiles, I called it. I wanted to help. Yet the task seemed so overwhelming now that I saw the physical devastation but the shocking sense of human loss that affected me deeply on a personal level. 　　Carmeron and I walked along the Khao Lak beach. The beach was deathly quiet. The victims—those whole bodies had been recovered, at least had been taken away. But not the remains of their lives: a torn shoe, shreds of clothing, someones pots and pans. Acres of personal belongings, as far as the eye could see. It had all happened so quickly! 　　Cameron and I walked toward the water. Cameron kicked something. He stooped to pick it up. A ruined digital camera. He handed it to me. I turned it over in my hands. It hadnt been expensive, and it was useless now. I was about to toss it. “Wait,” Cameron said. “There might be some pictures in it.” He pried it open and pulled out the memory card, then handed it to me. I put it in my pocket and kept walking. 　　That night after dinner, we fed it into the computer at my hotel and clicked. The machine whirred. An image appeared. A man and his wife, Western tourists probably, having dinner at a hotel beach bar at sunset. I imagine the waiter took the shot. Another image appeared. The same couple, on the beach, laughing together. The card was programmed to run as a slide show. We watched, transfixed. Another happy picture. Then the photos turned ominous. 　　The photographer had turned his attention to the sea. On the beach, people strolled under a blue sky. The tide was unusually low. In fact, children played far out where there should have been water. In the distance, a large wave had formed that stretched across the horizon. “Nobody realized what was coming,” I said. 　　The next image scrolled onto the screen. And the next. And the next. In each one, the wave drew closer. It rose like the killer wave in The Perfect Storm. Over the sides of ships moored at sea. In the final image, the wave, now the height of a mountain, was about to crash onshore. 　　“Weve got to find their family,” I said. “Weve got to get these pictures to them. Its the closest theyll ever get to a proper goodbye.” 　　The couple had looked to be northern European. A few days later Cameron and I went into Bangkok and took the images to the Swedish and German embassies. No luck. We scanned bulletin boards studded with victims pictures, made the rounds of hospitals. Nothing. Dispirited, we headed home. 　　That couple haunted me my whole time in Thailand. When I got back to Washington, I was exhausted. I walked into the house, told my wife Nicole the story and handed her the memory card. “I dont know what more I can do,” I said, and staggered of to bed. 　　I hadnt been asleep 10 minutes when she shook me awake. “Chris, I found them.” She led me to the computer. “I went to Google and typed in Tsunami, missing persons. Look.” On the screen was the couple: John and Jackie Knill, of North Vancouver, Canada—a fourhour drive from where we lived. Their family was looking for them and had posted their photos and info on a website. 　　I called David Knill, one of their three grown sons. “I have something for you,” I said. A friend of mine and I drove up soon after. 　　David was waiting for us. I handed him the memory card. His brothers, Patrick and Christian, came over, and crowded around the computer. They scrolled through the images, wiping away tears. “I cant tell you what this means,” David said. “Its like Mom and Dad are telling us they were together and happy at a place they loved, that theyre at peace. We can say goodbye.” New Words and Expressions 1. bob v. 使上下或来回快速摆动或移动 2. pick ones way 小心行路；谨慎行事 3. personal effects 私人物品，随身物品 4. epitaph n. 墓志铭 5. tsunami n. 海啸 6. victim n. 遇难者 7. ominous a. 不详的，不吉的 8. scroll v.将文字、图片等显示于屏幕 9. embassy n. 大使馆 10. make the rounds = do the/ones rounds 巡视；逐一访问 11. exhausted a. 筋疲力尽的 Notes 1. Khao Lak：考腊克，泰国南部著名的旅游胜地，有忘忧谷之称。 2. tsunami：海啸是一种具有强大破坏力的海浪。当地震发生于海底，因震波的动力而引起海水剧烈的起伏，形成强大的波浪，向前推进，将沿海地带一一淹没的灾害，称之为海啸。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. “The couple on the beach” in the passage refers to _____. A. the author and his wifeB. the victims of the tsunami C. the volunteers of a church groupD. the natives of Thailand 2. How many lives did that tsunami take? 　　A. 180,000 B. 18,000　　C. 190,000 D. 19,000 3. How did the author and his friend see the pictures of the couple? 　　A. Through the digital camera they found on the beach. 　　B. Through the computer in his home in Washington. 　　C. Through the memory card of that ruined camera. 　　D. From the TV news. 4. Which country did this couple come from? 　　A. Sweden B. Germany　　C. the U.S.A. D. Canada 5. How did the author found the sons of the couple? 　　A. From the Canadian embassy. 　　B. From the bulletin boards studded with victimss pictures. 　　C. From the hospitals. 　　D. From a website on the computer. Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1. The beach at Khao in southern Thailand has always been beautiful. () 2. The author and Cameron worked with a church group that did relief work. () 3. It was the author who found the ruined digital camera. () 4 The couple looked like northern European, and they really are. () 5. My wife and I drove up soon after to give the memory card to the couples family. 译文 沙滩上的夫妇俩 　　 　　泰国南部考腊克的沙滩曾经是很美丽的——细密的白沙厚厚得犹如绒毛地毯；一艘艘渔船在远处平静的海面上颠来摆去；考腊克是你会在梦中看到的那种旅游胜地。然而好景不在了。我和同事卡梅伦沿海滨散步，小心翼翼地在海啸过后留下的瓦砾碎石堆中穿行。2004年12月的那场海啸破坏了泰国多处海岸，夺去了18万人的生命。而今那海滩看上去就像一座工业废品旧货栈。楼房的断壁残垣、汽车的散落碎片和棕榈树的残枝败叶掺杂在一起，锈迹斑斑地累积成堆；还有大量私人物品散乱地丢弃在沙滩上，犹如许许多多引人悲伤的小小墓志铭，看了叫人触目惊心。 　　我在一个负责救济工作的教会团体工作。“只要找得到的帮手我们都需要。”他们说道。我以前来过泰国，并爱上了这个国家及其人民。我把它称为“微笑之国”。我愿意给予它帮助。然而这任务似乎非常艰巨，因为我亲眼看到了海啸造成的毁灭性的破坏。不仅仅是对物质的毁坏，还有人类受难时那令人震惊的感觉，使我个人感触很深。 　　我和卡梅伦走在考腊克海滩。沙滩死一般的沉寂。那些遇难者——至少是那些已被找到的遇难者尸体，已经被搬走了。可是，他们留下的生活物品——破烂的鞋子、衣服碎片、有些人的锅碗瓢盆，都还没有清理。一切都发生得太迅猛了！ 　　我和卡梅伦向水边走去，卡梅伦踢到了什么东西。他俯身捡起。一架坏了的数码相机。他递给了我。我放在手上翻转过来，那东西不贵，而且现在已经没用了。我正要扔掉它，卡梅伦说：“等等，里面也许还有些照片呢。”他把它撬开，抽出存储卡，递给了我。我把它放在口袋里，继续漫步。 　　当晚吃过饭后，我们把卡里的信息输进我在旅馆的计算机里，点击。计算机嗡嗡作响，出现了一幅影像：一个男人和他的妻子，很可能是西方的旅游者，日落时分正在旅馆的沙滩酒吧用餐。我猜想是酒吧服务员为他们拍的照。又一幅出现了。同一对夫妇，在沙滩上，一起笑着。卡上的信息编成了幻灯片在自动放映。我们在观看着，呆若木鸡。又一幅快乐的照片。旋即，那些照片转而显现出不详的预兆。 　　照片拍摄者的注意力已经转向大海。沙滩上，人们在蓝天下散步。潮水异常低落。事实上孩子们都在远远的本该有水的地方玩耍。远处，一股巨浪已经形成，横跨过地平线。“没有人意识到要发生什么事了。”我说道。 　　下一幅影像在屏幕上展现。再下一幅，再下一幅。每一幅画面上，海浪都愈加靠近。海浪就像电影《完美风暴》里杀气腾腾的波涛那样汹涌上升，越过了停泊在海上的船只的船舷。在最后那幅影像中，已经高如山峰的海浪即将撞上海岸。 　　“我们得找到他们的家人。”我说道。“我们得把这些照片交给他们。这才是他们将会得到的与家人最亲密的告别。” 　　这对夫妇看上去是北欧人。几天后，我和卡梅伦前往曼谷，把这些影像带到了瑞典和德国的大使馆。真遗憾。我们反复查看了贴着众多遇难者照片的布告版，还逐一询访了医院。毫无结果。我们心灰意冷，只好回家。 　　我在泰国的日子里，那对夫妇始终萦绕在我脑际。直到回到华盛顿，我已筋疲力尽。回到家里，我对妻子尼科尔讲述了这个故事并把存储卡递给了她。“我不知道我还能做些什么。”说着，我便摇摇晃晃地上床睡觉了。 　　还没睡到10分钟，她就把我摇醒了。“克里斯，我找到他们了。”她领我到计算机前说，“我进入Google 搜索，键入海啸，失踪者，瞧。”屏幕上显出那对夫妇：约翰和杰姬·尼尔，来自加拿大北温哥华——离我们住处4个小时的车程。他们的家人正在寻找他们，并已将他们的照片和有关资料贴到了网站上。 　　我打了电话给他们3个成年儿子之一戴维·尼尔。“我有件东西给你。”我说。随后，我和一位朋友驱车前往。 　　戴维在等着我们。我把存储卡递给了他。他的兄弟们——帕特里克和克里斯蒂安也进来了，大家围在计算机前。他们一面在屏幕上翻看着影像，一面擦着泪水。“我无法告诉你们这意味着什么。”戴维说，“这就像妈妈和爸爸正在告诉我们，他们一起幸福地待在一个他们喜爱的地方呢，现在他们安息了，我们可以道别了。” Passage Two Nation Comes to a 3minute Standstill Air raid sirens, and car, train and ship horns wailed and people stood for three minutes in silence to mourn the tens of thousands who died in the earthquake which took place on May 12, 2008. 　　The moment of grief was observed across the vast country of 1.3 billion people at 2: 28 p.m., exactly a week after the devastating magnitude8 quake stricken Sichuan.　　The silent tribute was the first of its kind for citizens killed in a natural disaster. Flags were flying at halfmast across the country and all public entertainment has been suspended as the threeday mourning period started. 　　The Olympic torch relay is also suspended during the period. 　　From tent cities in Sichuan province to Beijing, cars, motorcycles and bicycles stopped on the road and sounded their horns. Pedestrians stood with their heads bowed. 　　In Tiananmen Square the somber mood quickly turned into a vocal show of patriotism. Thousands of flagwaving people chanted “Go China Go” and “Rebuild Sichuan”, while singing the national anthem. 　　President Hu Jintao, who just returned from a threeday visit to the quakehit areas, paid a threeminute silent tribute to victims of the quake in the central government compound of Zhongnanhai in Beijing. 　　Across the country, people honored the quake dead in various ways: some flew black kites, children stood with lit white candles, and villagers in the northwest burnt incense sticks and fake money in rituals to see off the dead. 　　Rescuers, including those from Japan, Russia, the Republic of Korea and Singapore, took off their helmets and briefly halted their work in quakehit areas. 　　China Central Television blacked out its screen for the three minutes. Chinese diplomatic missions abroad also observed the mourning, some holding the silent tribute simultaneously despite the time difference. 　　Condolence books were opened in the Foreign Ministry and Chinese embassies and consulates around the world. 　　In a demonstration of the international communitys support, scores of foreign envoys and representatives of international organizations in Beijing visited the Foreign Ministry to convey messages of condolences. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. How long did the people stand to mourn the victims? 2. What province was struck by the earthquake? And when? 3. Is this the first time that the silent tribute for citizens? 4. In what way did people honor the quake dead across the country? 5. How did CCTV show its tribute to the victims? Passage Three Some Facts on Natural Disasters 　　In the past hundred years a million people have died in earthquakes, another million have been killed by hurricanes and tornadoes and 9 million have lost their lives in floods. In addition to this many millions more have died as a result of famine and disease. We should also not forget in many of the worlds countries drought, chronic water shortage, is a fact of life, especially in the African Sahel region boarding in Sahara desert. 　　Scientists and engineers around the world have made great advances in earthquake engineering. It is, of course, unfeasible physically to move cities such as Tokyo and San Francisco that have been built in earthquake zones. But most often it is not the earthquake that kills people, it is the collapsing buildings, bridges and other structures that cause deaths, and the likelihood of that happening can be greatly reduced by better building programs. 　　Finally, perhaps we need to consider the natural disaster that we are causing ourselves. Through our mismanagement of the planets resources we have catapulted hundreds of species of plants and animals into extinction, at the same time possibly wrecking our own longterm prospects for survival. Maybe this is one disaster that could be averted if we are willing to act with a sense of responsibility. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. hurricanes 2. tornadoes 3. famine 4. likelihood Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Eleven Environmental Protection Passage One One Chinese Villagers View of Climate Change Going home to visit his parents in rural China, Jianqiang Liu did not expect to have a discussion about global warming. But his mother told about vividly of a changing climate. 　　In February, 2008 I went home to visit my parents in Shandong, eastern China. It was the Chinese New Year holiday and the country was hit by the snow disaster for half a century, which left tens of thousands of people stranded at train stations and airports in southern China. Fortunately, although there was some snow in Shandong, transport was not affected and I made it home in time for New Year. 　　As my mother fried me some traditional New Years cake, we chatted about the blizzards that had paralyzed half the country. It was strange that the south had suffered the bad weather, she remarked, since its the part of the country least likely to see snow. “It must be that climate change they talk about,” she said. “The weather might get stranger, not just warmer.” 　　It is more customary for my mother to ask me about my wife and son and to discuss my work and my health; this was the first time she had ever mentioned climate change to me. Until then, I saw climate change as topic of conversation for scientists and environmentalists, far removed from the life of a 76yearold woman from a small village. 　　It made me think of a BBC World Service global poll from September 2007. The study, which surveyed around 1,000 people in a range of countries, found that Chinese people were unusually aware of climate change, with 87% believing “human activity, including industry and transportation, is a significant cause of climate change.” This percentage was 71% in the US, 78% in the UK and 47% in India. In China, 70% of respondents thought “major steps starting very soon” should be taken to reduce the impact of human activity on the climate; as opposed to 59% in the US, 70% in the UK and 37% in India. 　　Readers were shocked by the results of the poll. Professor Martin Bunzl, director of the Rutgers University on Climate Change and Social Policy, emailed me to ask if the Chinese respondents might have confused climate change with pollution. On checking the Chinese version of the questionnaire, I saw there was no chance to make this mistake. However, the particular response in China may reflect the relatively high levels of education in Shanghai and Beijing, where the survey was carried out. In some other countries, including the UK, the US and India, the sample comprised both rural and urban residents. 　　The survey, therefore, probably does not mean there are such high levels of awareness across the Chinese population as a whole. Urban China and rural China are poles apart and the majority of rural residents are still unaware of climate change. 　　“Youve heard of climate change?” I said. 　　“Heard of it? Im feeling it,” she replied. “Its much warmer than it used to be. We used to wear cotton coats, trousers, shoes and hats in winter. Who wears cotton shoes now?” 　　“When did you start to notice?” I asked. 　　“The year that Yao He, one of the members of our village, was married, I think. I dont recall the actual year. But his son is grown up and married now.” I laughed because that would mean the warming started three decades ago. My mother said the wedding was in December, but it was so warm that nobody kept their coats on. 　　My mother first heard about global warming and climate change from the television news in the past few years. She doesnt rely on the news, however, to tell her why its happening: she has her own opinions. “There are too many people, too many cars and too many factories. And there are fewer trees and less water.” 　　In the past, she said, there were more forests. “It was cut down ages ago,” she said. “Its all houses there now. Trees absorb carbon dioxide and release oxygen. Without forests, the temperatures going to go up.” My mother also blames the increased numbers of factories for the warming. “All those factories burning coal must be releasing hot air and carbon dioxide.” The countrys largest papermaking group is based in the outskirts of our small town, along with a large fertilizer factory, two breweries and a great number of smaller factories. 　　The lack of water in the rivers is also worsening climate change, my mother believes. Thirty years ago, the river in our village was wide and deep, but it suddenly dried up. The cause was the large number of salt, soda and chemical plants built kilometers away. Two pumping stations were built near our village, which sent water to the factories through meterthick pipes. 　　The rivers are dry; the forests are gone and replaced by factories and chimneys that belch smoke into the air and waste into the ground. My mother has seen it happen. Perhaps professor Bunzl is right: Chinese people do tend to confuse climate change and pollution. But for an ordinary Chinese person like my mother, the two are very closely related. 　　My mother, like the scientists and environmentalists, is aware of the threat climate change poses and supports efforts to reduce it. “We cant close the factories. How will people put bread on the table?” she said. “But we should do something about them. We should change the black smoke to white.” New Words and Expressions 1. strand v. 使搁浅，陷入困境 2. paralyze v. 使……瘫痪，使……麻痹 3. customary a. 习惯的，惯例的 4. environmentalist n. 环保人士，环境工作者，环境学家 5. poll n. 投票，民意测验 6. transportation n. 运输, 运输系统， 运输工具 7. respondent n.应答者，被告a. 回答的，应答的，感应的 8. questionnaire n. 调查表 9. fertilizer n. 肥料 10. oxygen n. 氧，氧气 11. brewery n. 酿酒厂，啤酒厂 12. belch v. 打嗝，喷出 Notes 1. BBC：英国广播电台，是英国广播公司British Broadcasting Corporation的简称。它于1922年成立，是一个不受任何政治或商业利益团体控制的机构。BBC在英国国内有两个电视频道和五个全国性的广播电台。此外，还有五个地方电视台和三十多个地方电台。 2. Rutgers University：罗格斯大学，全称罗格斯，新泽西州立大学，由29个学院构成。罗格斯大学提供超过100个学士、100个硕士以及80个博士专业学位。 3. carbon dioxide：二氧化碳，化学式为CO2，碳氧化物之一，是一种无机物，常温下是一种无色无味气体，密度比空气略大，能溶于水，并生成碳酸。此外，二氧化碳是绿色植物光合作用不可缺少的原料，温室中常用二氧化碳作肥料。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. What does the word “blizzards” in paragraph two mean? 　　A. rainstorm B. snowstorm C. firestorm D. windstorm 2. In US, ______ of respondents thought “major steps starting very soon” should be taken to reduce the impact of human activity in the climate. 　　A. 70% B. 78% C. 47% D. 59% 3. How long has the authors mother felt the climate had changed? 　　A. 20 years B. 40 years C. 30 years D. 10 years 4. According to this passage, which one is not the reason for global warming and climate change? 　　A. fewer trees B. less water 　　C. the increased numbers of factories D. fewer cars 5. In the last sentence, “something” refers to ______. 　　A. human beings should take some effective methods to protect our environment 　　B. we should close the factories in order to make our homeland better 　　C. we shouldnt worry about the climate for we cannot change it 　　D. the threat of climate change Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1. The snow disaster took place in China when the Chinese New Year came. () 2. The author and his mother often talk about the global warming. () 3. The climate and the pollution are very closely related. () 4. The authors mother learnt the reasons of the global warming from TV news. () 5. The factories in the small town are worsening the climate. 译文 一个中国老太太生活中的“气候变化” 　　 回家探亲的刘建强起初没有想到要和母亲谈及全球变暖的话题。出乎预料的是，这位农村老太太向儿子生动地讲述了气候的变化。 2008年2月初，我回山东老家与父母过春节。当时，中国的南部正遭受50年来最严重的雪灾，数以万计的人困在机场和火车站。好在我的老家山东虽有降雪，但交通无碍，我终于赶在年前回到了老家。 　　当母亲给我煎年糕时，我们谈起这场令半个中国瘫痪的大雪，她说这很奇怪，最不应该下雪的南方居然大雪不断，“这就是人家说的气候变化吧？气候变化不一定就是变暖，说不定有很怪的天气发生。” 　　在此之前，她跟我唠叨的是我的太太孩子、我的工作、我的身体，谈气候变化还是第一次。在我心里，气候变化应该是科学家和环境工作者的话题，一个76岁的农村老太太跟气候变化有什么相干？ 　　我想到去年9月BBC公布的有关气候变化的调查报告。问卷调查了不同国家的大约1000个人，结果显示，中国人对气候变化的了解程度很高，87%的中国人相信人类活动，如工业和运输是引起气候变化的重要原因。而持这种观点的人，在美国占71%，英国占78%，印度占47%。70%的中国受访者认为，应该尽快采取措施减少人类活动对气候变化的影响，持这种观点的人，在美国只占59%，在英国占70%，在印度占37%。 　　读者们对调查报告的结果感到吃惊。美国Rutgers大学“气候变化、社会政策与政治中心”的Martin Bunzl教授发邮件给我，他怀疑是不是接受访问的中国公众把“气候变化”和“污染”混为一谈了。我查了一下BBC调查的英语国家和中国的问卷，显然没有弄错。我告诉他，中国受访者对气候变化有较高的认识，可能因为中国的调查局限于北京和上海等主要城市，这里的市民受教育程度较高。而在有些国家，比如英国、美国和印度，受访者有的来自城市，也有的来自乡村。 　　所以我想，那份问卷不能代表整体中国人对气候变化的认知，中国城乡仍然两极分化，大部分生活在农村的人，可能根本不知道气候变化。 　　“你听说过气候变化？”我问。 　　“不用听说，我自己就感觉出来了，以前多冷，现在多暖和。以前我们冬天穿棉袄、棉裤、棉鞋、棉帽，现在你们冬天哪有穿棉鞋的。” 　　“你从什么时候感到气候变暖的？” 　　“好像是从我们村姚河娶媳妇那一年，哪一年我忘了，反正他儿子现在都娶了媳妇了。”我大笑起来。这么说，应该有30年了。母亲说，姚河娶媳妇是12月份，应该很冷，但天暖得让人穿不住棉袄。 　　最近几年，母亲才从电视上知道“全球变暖”和“气候变化”这两个词。但全球变暖的原因，母亲倒不必从电视上学，她有自己的观察和总结，“原因嘛，我自己想，就是人多了，车多了，工厂多了，树少了，水少了。” 　　母亲说，以前的树林很多。“现在早砍没了，盖了房子。树林能吸收二氧化碳，放出氧气，没了树林，气温自然就高了。”母亲还指责道：“越来越多的工厂，也是变暖的原因。那么多工厂在烧煤，肯定排出热气和二氧化碳。”就在这个小小的县城的周围，有全国最大的造纸集团、一个大规模的化肥厂、两个酒厂，以及数不清的中小工厂。 　　在母亲看来，河流的缺乏，也加剧了气候变化。30年前，我们村边的河又深又宽，但一转眼工夫，就成了一条干干的河床。主要原因是几十公里外建立了大批盐厂、碱厂和化工厂，于是在我们附近建了两个水站，日夜不停地抽取地下水，用一米粗口径的大管道运往工厂。 　　河流干了，树林没有了，取而代之的是一个个工厂，一座座烟囱，向天空排着浓烟，向地下排着污水，母亲在一生中亲眼看到这巨变。也许Martin Bunzl教授说的对，中国人把环境污染与气候变化混为一谈了，因为对普通中国人来说——比如我母亲——气候变化与环境污染紧密相关。 　　所以这位农村老太太也像一些科学家和环境工作者一样，感受到气候变化的危害，并支持降低这些危害，“工厂不能关，没有工厂人们怎么吃饭？但应该治理工厂，让工厂冒白烟，而不是黑烟。”她说。 Passage Two Lijiangs War on “White Pollution” “Nowadays, if you walk around Lijiang carrying a plastic bag, people will look down on you. The plastic bag has something of a pariah status.” 　　China has pledged to ban ultrathin plastic bags from June. A recent Chinese government ban on plastic carrier bags was hailed around the world. Under the new regulations from the State Council, which come into effect on June 1, 2008, shoppers at supermarkets, shopping malls and markets across the country will have to pay for plastic bags. The production, sale and use of ultrathin plastic bags will be outlawed completely. 　　There are good reasons for the ban. Disposing of the bags is extremely difficult, say environmental experts. Plastic carriers take around 200 years to decompose naturally. They pollute the groundwater if we throw them in landfills ; they produce noxious gases if we burn them. Over the years the public has become increasingly accustomed to the use of plastic bags, but the pollution they create—known in China as “white pollution” —has become increasingly severe. One billion plastic bags are given out by supermarkets in China every day, according to estimates from the Chinese Plastics Processing Industry Association; over two billion are used for other purposes. 　　What many people do not realize is that while the country prepares to do without plastic bags, the town of Lijiang, in southwest Chinas Yunnan province, has had a similar ban in place for the past five years. The ban started in the citys Gucheng district, and has since expanded to include the four counties that make up the rest of the city. 　　But can a simple ban really control “white pollution”? Does paying for bags really change peoples deeply ingrained habits? Only time will tell, but Lijiangs experience provides us with a model of how plastic bag use might be successfully controlled. 　　Before the ban came into effect in July 2003, Lijiang, like many parts of the country, had a serious problem with “white pollution”. The street cleaning teams were the most directly affected. If it was windy when they went to sweep the streets, plastic bags would be flying everywhere and were impossible to catch. The bags would end up hanging off trees. All over the streets there were bags and polystyrene fastfood containers. This really wasnt a good image for a beautiful tourist town like Lijiang. 　　The ban now covers the whole town, and locals have been the first to experience a town without “white pollution.” 　　Banning plastic bags is tough, but not impossible. Your leadership has to be strong, your publicity has to be good, the public needs to be on board, and enforcement has to be strict. If these four things are in place, you can get rid of “white pollution” anywhere. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. When did the Chinese government ban on plastic carrier bags come into effect? 2. What are the reasons for the ban? 3. How many plastic bags are given out by supermarkets in China every day, according to estimates from the Chinese Plastics Processing Industry Association? 4. Lijiangs war on “white pollution” is effective, isnt it? 5. What do you think of the ban? Passage Three Swimming in the Sahara The Sahara, which covers nearly a third of Africa, was once a lush savanna , teeming with wildlife, fishfilled lakes, and ancient humans. “Between 10,500 and around 5,550 years ago, it was a good place to live,” says Stefan Kropelin, an archaeologist at the University of Cologne in Germany, who has spent the last 30 years leading excavations in the eastern Sahara, a region that until recently has been largely unexplored. 　　Kropelin and his colleague Rudolph Kuper have hundreds of geologic samples and more than 500 archaeological artifacts—everything from animal bones to cave art—at over 100 sites. From these finding, the researchers are piecing together an important story linking climate change and cultural evolution. For five millennia , says Kropelin, humans thrived in the Sahara, fishing, herding cattle, and making pottery and art. When rain started to become not enough around 5,500 years ago, they migrated east to the Nile Valley. “Its no coincidence that this major climate shift coincides with the rise of the early Egyptian empires,” Kropelin says. “Only when the Sahara became a desert again did the emergence of the early Egyptian civilization occur.” 　　Although the Sahara has been dry for most of its history, it undergoes an approximately 5,000year humid period every 100,000 years as a result of variations in Earths tilt and the shape of its orbit that change the way sunlight hits the planet. When that happens, it takes only a few centuries for the desert to become savanna, says Kropelin. Global warming could make the next wet spell happen sooner than we think. “Since 1988 we have found evidence of increasing vegetation and rainfall,” he says. “If we have five to six degrees of warming in the next centuries, evaporation on the oceans may turn the Sahara into a savanna, as it was 10,000 years ago.” Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. excavation 2. artifact 3. pottery 4. evaporation Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Twelve Animals and Plants Passage One Animals “Speak” Many Strange Languages If youre sitting around a lonely campfire at night, the howl of a wolf can sound pretty scary. But the wolf isnt trying to scare anyone, its just letting other wolves know where it is. This helps members of its pack find it and tells other wolves to stay out of the packs territory. 　　Animals use communication to tell others about their territory, find a mate, make friends, let others know how they feel, start and stop fights, and warn others of danger. And they use many different methods to say these things. Here are some of the more unusual ways that animals talk. Sound 　　Dogs bark, cats meow, birds chirp. Were pretty familiar with these forms of communication. But animals use sounds in other ways, too. To find a mate, the male ruffed grouse stands on a hollow log and beats his wings, making a drumming sound. The hollow log amplifies the sound so that it can be heard for up to a quarter of a mile. Mole rats use a banging sound for the opposite reason they like to live along. So they warn other mole rats to stay out of their way by banging their heads on the top of their tunnels. 　　Drumming even works underwater. Many fish have a special swim bladder, a gasfilled sac that helps them maintain their buoyancy at different depths. Some fish have muscles that can vibrate these bladders to produce drumming noises. 　　Sometimes making the right sound can be a matter of life and death. With some spiders, including the black widow, the male is much smaller than the female. When the male wants to approach a female to mate, he climbs onto her web and then steps carefully to vibrate the web in a certain pattern. This vibration tells the female, “Im not dinner, Im one of your kind.” 　　The female may accept him as a mate, or she might just eat him anyway. (Thats way she is called a widow.) Anyone who has used a dog whistle knows that dogs can hear sounds pitched so high that humans cant hear them. Other animals, such as cats, bats, moles, hedgehogs, and dolphins, can also hear highpitched sounds, or ultra sounds. 　　Elephants, on the other hand, can hear sounds too low for humans to detect. These low rumblings, or infra sounds, can be heard across long distances. They help elephants keep track of one another when theyre too far away to see or smell each other. Touch 　　Animals use touch to communicate in many ways. Biting, kicking, and hitting send obvious messages, but touch can also be used in friendly ways. Chimpanzees will touch hands to greet each other. Many primates groom each other as a way to show friendship, removing bits of dirt or insects from each others fur. Elephants may touch trunks in greeting. Sight 　　Elephants also use their trunks for signals. A baby elephant will raise its trunk in the air when it wants attention from its mother. Body language is important to other creatures, too. When a gorilla is startles, it may stand still and shake its head back and forth. This means it does not intend to harm you. A chimpanzee will wear a special “play face” when it wants to let you know its friendly. Dancing is another way to “talk”. When a bee wants to tell other bees where to find a good stash of nectar, it performs a special dance, waggling its body and moving in ways that tell the other bees which direction to go and how far to fly. Many birds, including the Japanese crane, also dance to communicate. But theyre mostly trying to impress each other to win a mate. 　　Some creatures even put their message in lights. Each type of firefly has its own flashing code. This helps males and females find mates of the same species. The lights not only tell what kind of firefly it is, they also guide the insects to each other. Color can also be important, too. The cuttlefish turns different colors to show how it feels. When its ready to fight, it turns a dark color. Its colors change quickly when it is agitated. 　　Some animals have been taught to use human sign language to communicate with humans and even with each other. You may have heard of Koko, the gorilla who learned to form simple sentences with sign language. Other primates have also been taught to use such signals. And in another experiment in Thailand in 1994, elephants were taught to “sigh” with their trunks and to use them to point to objects as they “talked”. 　　Some bears and tigers leave visual signs. They put scratch marks on a tree as high up as they can. When another bear or tiger comes along, it may discover it cant make marks that high. That tells the visiting animal that the tiger or bear that made the marks is bigger and should be left alone. Smell 　　Another way to communicate without actually being there is through smell. A gazelle has special scent glands near its eyes that it rubs on branches to mark its territory. When other gazelles pick up the smell, they realize that this territory has already been claimed. Many animals mark territory by smell, including domestic cats and their wild cousins. 　　Queen ants can communicate with their workers by smell. The queen produces different chemicals, which rub off on her workers. As the ants rub antennas, the message travels to more ants, telling them what to do. The chemicals can tell the ants to march across the forest or to camp for the night. 　　The ways animals communicate are as varied as the creatures and the messages they want to send. By observing carefully, we can learn more about what they mean. Try it with your own pets: notice how many ways they tell you what they want and how they feel. They probably have you trained better than you realize. New Words and Expressions 1. scary a. 吓人的，害怕的 2. territory n. 领土，领地 3. ruffed grouse 皱领松鸡 4. drum n. 鼓 v. 打鼓，敲鼓 5. bladder n. 鳔 6. buoyancy n. 浮性，浮力，轻快 7. vibrate v. 振动；颤动 8. spider n. 蜘蛛 9. widow n. 寡妇 10. whistle n. 哨子；汽笛； 口哨； v. 吹口哨， 鸣汽笛 11. pitch v. 〈音〉定基音；为……定调 12. hedgehog n. 刺猬 13. dolphin n. 海豚 14. rumble n. 辘辘声; 隆隆声；v. 发出隆隆声 15. chimpanzee n. 黑猩猩 16. groom v. 梳理毛发 17. trunk n. 象鼻; 长嘴 18. gorilla n. 大猩猩 19. stash n. 贮藏；隐藏 20. nectar n. 花蜜 21. waggle v. 摇摆，摆动 22. crane n. 鹤 23. visual a. 视觉的， 视力的 24. scratch v. 抓；挠，搔；划 25. gazelle n. 羚羊 Notes 1. mole rats：鼹形鼠，与鼹鼠不同，体形较大。 2. primate：灵长类动物，哺乳纲的一目，动物界最高等的类群。大脑发达；眼眶朝向前方，眶间距窄；手和脚的趾分开，大拇指灵活，多数能与其他趾对握。包括原猴亚目和猿猴亚目。该目包括11科约51属180种，主要分布于亚洲、非洲和美洲温暖地带。大多栖息林区。灵长类中体型最大的是大猩猩，体重可达275千克，最小的是倭狨，体重只有70克。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. Animals use communication to tell others about ______. 　　A. making friends B. fighting　　C. finding a mate D. all of the above 2. When the male spider wants to approach a female to mate, he ______. 　　A. makes a sound 　　B. touches the female 　　C. climbs onto her web and then vibrates the web 　　D. smells the female 3. In the following statements, which is not true? 　　A. Cats mark territory by smell. 　　B. Ants communicate with each other only by touch. 　　C. Bears and tigers prefer to leave visual signs. 　　D. Bees tell others where to find nectar by dancing. 4. The word “AMPLIFIES” in paragraph 3 means ______. 　　A. makes 　　B. sends out 　　C. increases in size or volume, expands, enlarges 　　D. reduce 5. Choose one group in which all the animals communicate with each other in form of sight. 　　A. chimpanzee, Japanese crane, cuttlefish, firefly 　　B. elephant, bee, wolf, ant 　　C. cat, ruffed grouse, gorilla, spider 　　D. cuttlefish, elephant, gazelle, mole rat Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1. Animals can tell how they feel in many ways. () 2. Animals cannot use human sign language to communicate with each other. () 3. Some tigers would leave scratch signs because they intend to show their kindness to others. () 4. Different types of firefly have different flashing code which helps them find mates of the same species. () 5.Cats, bats, elephants, hedgehogs, and dolphins can hear highpitched sounds or ultra sounds. 译文 动物“讲”的奇怪语言 　　 夜晚围坐在孤零零的篝火旁，狼的嗥叫听起来会令你毛骨悚然。不过狼不是想吓唬谁，只是在让别的狼知道他的位置。这可以帮助狼群中的其他成员找到它，并警告别的狼不要进入它们的领地。 动物通过传递信息让别的动物知道它们的领地，找配偶、交朋友，让别的动物知道它们的感受，发起并结束争斗，警告别的动物有危险。而且动物用很多不同方式表达这些意思。下面就是动物比较特别的一些交谈方式。 声音 　　狗吠，猫喵喵叫，鸟啁啾。我们相当熟悉这些交流的方式。但动物也用其他方式发出声音。为了找到配偶，雄皱领松鸡站在空心的圆木上，拍打翅膀，发出鼓鼓的声音。空心的圆木放大了声音，方圆近四分之一英里的范围内都能听到。鼹形鼠发出砰砰的声音，理由与皱领松鸡相反。它们喜欢独居。所以它们用头猛敲洞的顶部发出撞击声，警告别的鼹形鼠不要妨碍它们。 　　敲击声甚至在水下都起作用。许多鱼有特殊的鱼鳔——一个充满气体的囊，可帮助鱼调节浮力以停留在不同的深度。有些鱼生有可使其鳔颤动从而发出呜响声的肌肉。 　　有时，发出正确的声音可能是一件生死攸关的事情。有些蜘蛛，包括黑寡妇蜘蛛在内，雄性的比雌性的小许多。当雄蜘蛛接近雌蜘蛛求爱时，雄蜘蛛爬到雌蜘蛛的网上，小心翼翼地迈步，用一种独特的方式振动蜘蛛网。这样振动蜘蛛网就是在告诉雌蜘蛛：“我不是你的晚餐，我同你一样也是一只蜘蛛。” 　　雌蜘蛛可以接受他的求爱，或者干脆把他吃掉。用过训狗哨的人都知道，狗能听到人听不到的特别高声频的声音。像猫、蝙蝠、鼹鼠、刺猬、海豚等动物 也能听到高音调的声音或者超声。 　　相反，大象能听到人觉察不到的低声。能够听到从很远的地方传来的隆隆的低声。当大象相距遥远看不见同伴或闻不到同伴的气味时，这些声音有助于大象跟上彼此的行踪。 触觉 　　动物用很多触摸手段来进行交流。咬、踢和打传递明显的信息，但触摸也可以用来表达友好。黑猩猩会摸手互相表示问候。许多灵长目的动物互相梳毛，把对方皮毛上的污物或者昆虫弄掉，以表示友好。大象和同类打招呼时会碰碰鼻子。 视觉 　　大象还用鼻子来传递信息。当小象想引起母象注意时，会把鼻子举向空中。身体语言对别的动物也很重要。大猩猩受惊时，可能一动不动地站着，把头前后摇晃。意思是，它不想伤害你。黑猩猩地脸上会露出特别的“滑稽相”来告诉你它是友好的。 　　跳舞也是一种“交谈”的方式。当蜜蜂想要告诉别的蜜蜂何处存有丰富的花蜜时，它会表演一种特殊的舞蹈，摇摆着身子，其舞动的方式告诉别的蜜蜂要去的方向和飞行的距离。包括日本鹤在内的许多鸟也用舞蹈来交流。但它们跳舞大都是为了给对方留下深刻印象从而赢得配偶。 　　有些动物甚至用光亮传递信息。每种萤火虫有自己的闪光代码。这帮助雄雌萤火虫找到同种的配偶。光亮不但说明自己是何种萤火虫，还引导它们找到彼此的位置。颜色可能也很重要。章鱼变换不同的颜色表现自己的感受。当章鱼准备要打斗时，它的颜色就变暗。情绪激动时，颜色会迅速改变。 　　人已经教了某些动物用人类手势语同人交流，甚至在动物彼此之间交流。你可能听说过大猩猩Koko，Koko学会了用手势语造简单的句子。人也教了别的灵长目动物使用这样的手势语。1994年在泰国进行了一个实验，教大象一边“说”一边用鼻子“打手势”，用鼻子指着所说的物体。 　　有些熊和老虎会留下视觉符号。它们在尽量高的树上留下抓挠的痕迹。当别的熊或者老虎经过时，它可能发现自己不能够在那么高的位置留下痕迹。这就是在告诉来访的动物，留下痕迹的老虎和熊比自己高大，应该远离为好。 气味 　　还有一种不在现场的交流方式就是通过气味交流。羚羊的眼睛附近有特殊的腺体，经过摩擦后可以把分泌出的气味留在树枝上标出自己的领地。当别的羚羊闻到这种气味时，它们会知道这块地方已经被占领了。许多动物都用气味标出自己的领地，包括家猫和野猫。 　　蚁后能用气味同工蚁交流。蚁后分泌不同的化学物质，这些物质被擦抹到工蚁身上。当蚂蚁摩擦触角时，信息就传达给了更多的蚂蚁，告诉它们该干什么。这些化学物质能够告诉蚂蚁要爬过森林或者在外过夜。 　　动物的交流方式多种多样，不同的动物会用不同的交流方式传递不同的信息。通过仔细观察，我们可以更多地了解它们要表达的意思。观察你自己养的宠物吧：观察它们用多少种方式来告诉你它们的需求和感受。它们教会你的很可能比你意识到的还多呢。 Passage Two Chrysanthemums (菊花) Chrysanthemums are to the fall what tulips(郁金香) are to the spring. In ancient China, chrysanthemums (or “mums” for short) were first planted thousands of years ago. People chose the chrysanthemum as their Flower for October, a symbol of the rest and ease that followed the seasons final harvest. It is one of the four noble plants, along with bamboo, plum flower(梅花), and orchid(兰花).　　 　　The Japanese hold the chrysanthemum as a symbol of the sun. They consider the orderly unfolding(伸展，绽放) of its petals(花瓣) to be a symbol of perfection. They also think that a single chrysanthemum petal placed in the bottom of a wine glass encourages a long and healthy life. The Japanese even have a National Chrysanthemum Day on September 9, known as the Festival of Happiness. 　　 　　In the United States chrysanthemums generally represent cheerfulness and rest. So they are welcomed throughout the British Isles and North America for any occasion, such as football games and parties. 　　In other countries such as Italy, Belgium and Austria, however, their association with the dead makes chrysanthemums acceptable only for funerals and graves. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. When were chrysanthemums first planted in China? 2. What are the four noble plants in China? 3. Why did the Japanese place a single chrysanthemum petal in the bottom of a wine glass? 4. What do chrysanthemums present in the United States? 5. Are chrysanthemums acceptable for funerals and graves? Passage Three Retrieving the Soul Within As a resident, I grew to understand that nursing home patients were a valuable part of my education—not just from a medical perspective, but for what they could teach me personally. 　　Mr. Smith was my first introduction to the nursing home. His story, regrettably, can probably be told in countless facilities across our nation. An acute illness had brought him to our hospital years ago, and his family abandoned him shortly before he was discharged. Unable to care for himself, he had no alternative except nursing home care, where he lay until I met him when I was an intern. 　　Mr. Smith was virtually noncommunicative. After transfer to the nursing home, he slipped into an almost catatonic state of withdrawal, waiting for his life to end. Not once did I hear him speak a word. 　　 On my last nursing home visit as an outgoing senior, I brought my yellow Labrador retriever to the nursing home as part of an experiment in “pet therapy”. To my surprise, my dog was greeted well by the residents. But one persons response completely astonished me and left an indelible impression to this day. 　　As I brought my dog into Mr. Smiths room, an amazing transformation occurred. All of a sudden he, of his own accord, sat up and started talking, telling me of the days when he was a boy and had a dog similar to my own. He told me stories of adventures he and his dog had had. For the first time, I saw the soul awake. 　　That experience taught me two lessons: Firstly, do not underestimate the ability of the simple things in life to touch hearts when carefully crafted pharmaceuticals have failed. Secondly, never forget that within even the most withered of human bodies lies a life that is precious indeed—one that needs to be respected and honored, even if it cant speak for itself. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1. intern 2. virtually 3. indelible Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Thirteen Life Passage One Power of the Powerless I grew up in the house where my brother was on his back in his bed for almost 33 years, in the same corner of his room, under the same window, beside the same yellow walls. Oliver was blind and mute. His legs were twisted. He didnt have the strength to lift his head nor the intelligence to learn anything. Today I am an English teacher, and each time I introduce my class to the play about Helen Keller, “The Miracle Worker,” I tell my students about Oliver. One day, during my first year teaching, a boy in the last row raised his hand and said, “Oh, Mr. de Vinck. You mean he was a vegetable” I stammered for a few seconds. My family and I fed Oliver. We changed his diapers, hung his clothes and bed linen on the basement line in the winter, and spread them out white and clean on the lawn in the summer. I always liked to watch the grasshoppers jump on the pillowcases. We bathed Oliver, tickled his chest to make him laugh. Sometimes we left the radio on in his room. We pulled the shade down over his bed in the morning to keep the sun from burning his tender skin. We listened to him laugh as we watched television downstairs. We listened to him rock his arms up and down to make the bed squeak. We listened to him cough in the middle of the night. “Well, I guess you could call him a vegetable. I called him Oliver, my brother. You would have liked him.” One October day in 1946, when my mother was pregnant with Oliver, her second son, she was overcome by fumes from a leaking coalburning stove. My oldest brother was sleeping in his crib, which was quite high off the ground so the gas didnt affect him. My father pulled them outside, where my mother revived quickly. On April 20, 1947, Oliver was born. He was a healthy looking, plump, beautiful boy. One afternoon, a few months later, my mother brought Oliver to a window. She held him there in the sun, the bright good sun, and there Oliver looked and looked directly into the sunlight, which was the first moment my mother realized that Oliver was blind. My parents, the true heroes of this story, learned with the passing months, that blindness was only part of the problem. So they brought Oliver to Mt. Sinai Hospital in New York for tests to determine the extent of his condition. The doctor said that he wanted to make it very clear to both my mother and father that there was absolutely nothing that could be done for Oliver. He didnt want my parents to grasp at false hope. “You could place him in an institution,” he said. “But,” my parents replied, “he is our son. We will take Oliver home of course.” The good doctor answered, “Then take him home and love him.” Oliver grew to the size of a 10yearold. He had a big chest, a large head. His hands and feet were those of a fiveyearold, small and soft. Wed wrap a box of baby cereal for him at Christmas and place it under the tree; pat his head with damp cloth in the middle of a July heat wave. His baptismal certificate hung on the wall above his head. A bishop came to the house and confirmed him. Even now, five years after his death from pneumonia on March 12, 1980, Oliver still remains the weakest, most helpless human being I ever met, and yet he was one of the most powerful human beings I ever met. He could do absolutely nothing except breathe, sleep, eat, and yet he was responsible for action, love, courage, insight. When I was small my mother would say, “Isnt it wonderful that you can see?” And once she said, “When you go to heaven, Oliver will run to you, embrace you, and the first thing he will say is ‘Thank you.’” I remember, too, my mother explaining to me that we were blessed with Oliver in ways that were not clear to her at first. So often parents are faced with a child who is severely retarded, but who is also hyperactive, demanding or wild, who needs constant care. So many people have little choice but to place their child in an institution. We were fortunate that Oliver didnt need us to be in his room all day. He never knew what his condition was. We were blessed with his presence, a true presence of peace. When I was in my early twenties, I met a girl and fell in love. After a few months I brought her home to meet my family. When my mother went to the kitchen to prepare dinner, I asked the girl, “Would you like to see Oliver?” For I had told her about my brother. “No,” she answered. Soon after, I met Roe, a lovely girl. She asked me the names of my brothers and sisters. She loved children. I thought she was wonderful. I brought her home after a few months to meet my family. Soon it was time for me to feed Oliver. I remember sheepishly asking Roe if shed like to see him. “Sure,” she said. I sat at Olivers bedside as Roe watched over my shoulder. I gave him his first spoonful, his second. “Can I do that?” Roe asked with ease, with freedom, with compassion, so I gave her the bowl and she fed Oliver one spoonful at a time. This is the power of the powerless. Which girl would you marry? Today Roe and I have three children. New Words and Expressions 1 stammer v. 结结巴巴地说 2 diaper n. (婴儿）尿布 3 grasshopper n. 蚱蜢，蝗虫 4 squeak v. 发出响声 5 crib n.婴儿小床 6 revive v. 苏醒；复活；复兴7 plump a. 圆胖的，丰满的 8 damp a. 潮湿的 9 pneumonia n. (医）肺炎 10 retarded a. 智力迟钝的 11 hyperactive a. 活跃的，反常的 12 compassion n. 同情，怜悯 Notes 1 Helen Keller：海伦·凯勒(1880.6.27—1968.6.1），是美国一位残障教育家。她在19个月大时因为一次高烧而引致失明及失聪。后来在她老师安·沙利文(Anne Sullivan)的努力下，她学会说话，并能够和其他人沟通，后毕业于哈佛大学。 海伦善于思考和写作，一生完成了诸多对世界产生广泛影响的著作，如：《乐观》、《走出黑暗》、《我的信仰》、《海伦·凯勒日记》等。“The Miracle Worker” 是一部关于海伦·凯勒非凡一生的电影。 2 vegetable：植物，蔬菜。在医学上可指植物人。 3 bed linen：被单和枕套。linen， 亚麻布，亚麻布制品。 4 baptismal certificate：受洗证明。已接受洗礼的证件。通常于教堂举行婚礼时需要，尤其于领受圣秩圣事前更需此证，因为关系到圣秩圣事的有效性。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 When did the authors mother know that Oliver was unhealthy? A. The day when he was born. B. One day that when she brought him to the window. C. On March 12, 1980 D. When I brought Roe home.J. 2 When the author told his class about the play about Helen Keller, “The Miracle Worker,” he always mentioned Oliver, why? A. Because Helen Keller was blind. And Oliver had the same problem. B. Because Helen Keller was one of his relatives. C. Because The Miracle Worker was written by Oliver. D. Because his students wanted to know something about Oliver. 3 Why was Oliver in such a bad condition? A. Because his mother eat some kind of medicine when she was pregnant with Oliver. B. It is a hangover from a bad illness when Oliver was a little boy. C. When the authors mother was pregnant with Oliver, she was overcome by fumes from a leaking coalburning stove. D. Because Oliver was overcome by fumes when he was little. 4 Why did the authors mother say that they were blessed with Oliver in ways? A. They learned how to love by taking care of Oliver. B. They knew that they should cherish what they had. C. Oliver was a true presence of peace. D. All of the above. 5 Why did the author say “the power of powerless”? A. Because Oliver has no power. He has no strength to lift his head. B. Although Oliver was retarded, he has great power. C. Oliver was the weakest and helpless. But he told the author how to love and the meaning of the true love. D. Because they all loved Oliver. Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 When the student asked the author whether his brother was a vegetable, the author stammered because he didnt know how to answer the question. He couldnt give the exact answer. () 2 The authors oldest brother was sleeping when the fumes leaking from the coalburning stove. So he was overcome, too. () 3 Oliver was a healthy looking, plump, beautiful boy actually. () 4 The doctor didnt want the authors parents to spend time and money on the false hope. () 5 The author chose Roe as his wife because she was a kind girl with compassion. 译文 无助者的强大 奥利佛是我的哥哥，我们在同一所屋子里长大，但是他一直躺在他的房间里，在同一个角落，同一个窗口，同一堵黄色墙旁边的床上躺了整整三十三年。奥利佛看不见也不能说话，腿也萎缩成一团。他连抬头的力气都没有，他的智商也不够让他去学任何东西。 现在的我是个英语老师，每当我跟我的学生讲解海伦·凯勒的戏剧《热泪心声》时，都会提起我的哥哥。记得在我第一年教书的一天，最后一排的一个男孩举手问道：“德维克先生，你的意思是说他是个植物人吗？” 我结结巴巴了半天也不知如何回答这个问题。我和我的家人照顾奥利佛吃喝，帮他换洗尿布。冬天的时候我们把他的衣服和床单晾在地窖里。夏天到了，我们就把又白又干净的床单摊在草地上晒晒。我喜欢看着蚱蜢一只只地在我们的枕头套上面蹦来蹦去。 我们还给奥利佛洗澡，挠他的胸脯逗他发笑；有时候我们把他房间的收音机一直开着；早上的时候，我们把窗帘拉下来，以免阳光晒伤他娇嫩的皮肤；我们在楼下看电视的时候也一直留心他发出的笑声；我们可以听到他双手摇着床板发出的叽嘎响声；在深夜里我们也可以听到他咳嗽的声音。 “好吧，我想你也可以说他是个植物人，但是我叫他奥利佛，我的哥哥。你如果是我，也会喜欢他的。” 1946年10月的一天，由于煤气泄漏，我的母亲被熏晕了过去，当时她还怀着奥利佛，她的第二个儿子。那天我的大哥躺在自己的小床里，离地面挺高，所以煤气泄漏对他没有造成影响。父亲把他们都抢救了出去，母亲很快恢复了知觉。 1947年4月20日，奥利佛出生了，一个看上去很健康、胖嘟嘟、很可爱的男孩。 几个月后的一个下午，母亲抱着奥利佛站在窗口晒太阳。阳光非常耀眼，而奥利佛却直直地望着太阳，此时，我母亲才意识到奥利佛看不见。我的父母亲，这个故事里真正的英雄，在接下去的几个月时间里，才意识到看不见只是奥利佛的其中一个病症而已。他们把奥利佛送到了纽约司奈山医院做全面的检查，看看究竟是什么情况。 医生很明确地对我的父母说，奥利佛已经没有任何治愈的可能，他不想我的父母抱有任何侥幸的希望。他还说：“你们可以把他送到一个疗养院里去。”但是我父母回答说：“他是我们的儿子，我们要把他带回家。”那个好心的医生说：“那就把他带回家吧，好好地爱他！” 奥利佛和10岁男孩的大小差不多。他的胸膛很大，脑袋也很大，手脚却和五岁小孩的手脚差不多，又小又软。圣诞节的时候，我们把一盒婴儿麦片包好放在圣诞树下面作为给他的礼物。在七月中旬天气酷热的时候，我们会用湿毛巾轻敷他的头，他的受洗证书就挂在他床头上方的墙上，这是一个主教来我们的家给他受洗的证明。 1980年3月12日，由于肺炎的发作，奥利佛离开了我们。奥利佛是我所遇到的最柔弱最无助的人，而同时他又是我遇到的最强大的一个人。他除了呼吸、睡觉、吃喝外什么也不能做。可同时他也有责任感，他勇敢，他有爱，有对这个世界有自己的认识。当我还是小孩子的时候，母亲对我说：“你能看到东西，这难道不是很美妙的事情吗？”有一次她还说：“等你上了天堂，奥利佛会第一个跑向你，拥抱你，他说的第一句话将会是‘谢谢你’。”我还记得，母亲跟我说我们能有奥利佛其实是我们的福气，虽然她一开始并没有意识到。 有些严重智障的孩子非常好动，有的甚至很粗暴野蛮，让他们的父母一刻也不得安宁。很多父母在没有办法之下，只好把他们的孩子送进疗养院。我们很幸运，奥利佛并不需要我们整天陪着他照顾他，他甚至连他自己的状况都搞不清楚，他的这种安静真是我们的福气。 我二十出头的时候爱上了一个女孩，几个月后，我带她回家去见家人。当我母亲去厨房准备晚餐的时候，我对那女孩说：“你愿不愿意去看一看奥利佛？”因为之前我告诉过她关于我哥哥的事。“不！”她拒绝了。 不久后，我又遇上了柔，一个很可爱的女孩。她问了我兄弟姐妹的名字。她很喜欢孩子，我也觉得她很不错。几个月后，我也把她带回了家，不一会就到了我要给奥利佛喂饭的时间了，我记得自己局促不安地问她愿不愿意去见奥利佛，“好啊！”她回答道。 我坐在奥利佛的床边，柔在我后面看着。我给他喂了满满的一勺，接着是第二勺。“可以让我来试试吗？”柔问我。她问得很自然，也充满了爱心，于是我把碗递给了她，看着她一勺一勺地喂奥利佛。 这就是无助者的强大！它告诉了我该娶哪个女孩。今天，我和柔已经有三个孩子了。 Passage Two Permission to Fail Each of us fails from time to time. If we are wise, we accept these failures as a necessary part of the learning process. But all too often as parents and teachers we deny this same right to our children. We convey(表达） either by words or by actions that failure is something to be ashamed of, that nothing but top performance meets with our approval. When I see a child subject(服从）to this kind of pressure, I think of Donnie. Donnie was my youngest thirdgrader. He was a shy, nervous perfectionist(完美主义者）. His fear of failure kept him from classroom games that other children played with joyous abandon. He seldom answered questions—he might be wrong. Written assignments, especially math, reduced(迫使）him to nailbiting frustration(挫折）. He seldom finished his work because he repeatedly checked with me to be sure he hadnt made a mistake. I tried my best to build his selfconfidence. And I repeatedly asked God for direction. But nothing changed until midterm, when Mary Anne, a student teacher, was assigned to our classroom. She was young and pretty, and she loved children. My pupils, Donnie included, adored her. But even enthusiastic, loving Mary Anne was baffled(为难）by this little boy who feared he might make a mistake. Then one morning we were working math problems at the chalkboard. Donnie had copied the problems with painstaking neatness and filled in answers for the first row. Pleased with his progress, I left the children with Mary Anne and went for art materials. When I returned, Donnie was in tears. Hed missed the third problem. My student teacher looked at me in despair. Suddenly her face brightened. From the desk we shared, she got a canister(罐）filled with pencils. “Look, Donnie,” she said, kneeling beside him and gently lifting the tearstained(有泪痕的）face from his arms. “Ive got something to show you.” She removed the pencils, one at a time, and placed them on his desk. “See these pencils, Donnie?” she continued. “They belong to Mrs. Lindstrom and me. See how the erasers are worn? Thats because we make mistakes too, lots of them. But we erase the mistakes and try again. Thats what you must learn to do, too.” She kissed him and stood up. “Here,” she said, “Ill leave one of these pencils on your desk so youll remember that everybody makes mistakes, even teachers.” Donnie looked up with love in his eyes and just a glimmer(一丝）of a smile—the first Id see on his face that year. The pencil became Donnies prized possession. That, together with Mary Annes frequent encouragement and unfailing praise for even Donnies small successes, gradually persuaded him that its all right to make mistakes—as long as you erase them and try again. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 What did most of the children do when they failed? 2 Describe the character of Donnie. 3 Why did the pupils adore Mary Anne? 4 What instance was given to persuade Donnie to face up to failure? 5 Whats the authors attitude toward failure? Passage Three Growing Roots When I was growing up, I had an old neighbor named Dr. Gibbs. He didnt look like any doctor Id ever known. He never yelled at us for playing in his yard. When Dr. Gibbs wasnt saving lives, he was planting trees. His house sat on ten acres, and his lifes goal was to make it a forest. The good doctor had some interesting theories concerning plant husbandry(务农、耕种）. He came from the “No pain, no gain” school of horticulture(园艺学）. He never watered his new trees. Once I asked why, he said that watering plants spoiled them, and that if you water them, each successive tree generation will grow weaker and weaker. So you have to make things rough for them and weed out the weenie trees early on. He talked about how watering trees made for shallow(浅的）roots, and how trees that werent watered had to grow deep roots in search of moisture(水分）. I took him to mean that deep roots were to be treasured. Dr. Gibbs went to glory a couple of years after I left home. Every now and again, I walked by his house and looked at the trees that Id watched him plant some twentyfive years ago. Theyre quite strong now, big and robust(强壮的）. I planted a couple of trees a few years back, carried water to them for a solid(整个的）summer, prayed over them. Two years of coddling has resulted in trees that expect to be waited on hand and foot. Whenever a cold wind blows in, they tremble and chatter their branches. Adversity and deprivation seemed to benefit them in ways comfort and ease never could. Every night before I go to bed, I check on my two sons. I stand over them and watch their little bodies. I often pray for them. Mostly I pray that their lives will be easy. But lately Ive been thinking that its time to change my prayer. This change has to do with the inevitability(必然性）of cold winds that hit us at the core. I know my children are going to encounter hardship, and Im praying they wont be naive. Theres always a cold wind blowing somewhere. So Im changing my prayer. Too many times we pray for ease, but thats a prayer seldom met. What we need to do is pray for roots that reach deep into the Eternal, so when the rains fall and the winds blow, we wont be swept asunder(支离破碎地）. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 go to glory 2 coddle 3 adversity Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Fourteen Family and Friends Passage One Take the Son Years ago, there was a wealthy art collector named James Bell. Together he and his son would visit museums around the world and add their finest treasures to their personal collection. Priceless works by celebrated artists such as Leonardo da Vici, Vincent Van Gogh, Claude Monet, and Salvador Dali soon graced the walls of their home in New Jersey. One winter, Fiji and Guam plunged into war, and the conflagration soon swept across Polynesia. Draft officials called upon the son to serve his country in the South Pacific, and although the pair for months had planned a visit to the Guggenheim Museum in New York, the son agreed to serve. Four months later, Bell received a terrible telegram: His son died in battle while rescuing another soldier. Distraught and lonely, the old man canceled his remaining nocturnal expeditions and refused to see visitors who came to view his collection. Two years passed, and as Bells spirits flagged ever further, a deepening spirit of melancholy settled over his house. Because Bell had become such a stick in the mud that no one else could be around him. Then, one day, just before Christmas, there came a knock on the door. On the stoop was a soldier with a large package in hand. “Sir, you dont know me, but I am the soldier for whom your son gave his life. He saved many lives that day, and he was carrying me to safety when a bullet struck him in the heart and he died instantly. He often talked about you, and your love for art. The young man held out his package. “I know this isnt much. Im not really a great artist, but I think your son would have wanted you to have this.” Bell opened the package. It was a portrait of his son, painted by the young man. He stared in awe at the way the soldier had captured the personality of his son in the painting. His eyes welled up with tears. He thanked the young man and offered to pay him for the picture. “Oh, no sir, I could never repay what your son did for me. Its a gift. ” Bell hung the portrait over his mantle. Every time visitors came to his home he took them to see the portrait of his son before he showed them any of the other great works he had collected. Bell died a few months later. According to his will, all his art should be auctioned. On the designated day, art collectors from around the world gathered to bid on some of the worlds most spectacular paintings. To the amazement of everyone present, the auction began with a portrait not on any museums musthave list—the painting of Bells son. “What am I bid for this old portrait pose? Wholl start the bidding for me?” called the auctioneer, “Perhaps at ＄100?” When there was no response to his cry, the auctioneer tried again. “Then perhaps ＄50?” the auctioneer suggested. “Its not much, you see, for such a grand work—to pay this small fee.” The room remained silent for a moment, and then one of the bidders spoke. “Who cares about that painting?” the bidder asked. “Its just a picture of his son. Forget about it and go on to the good stuff.” Many voices echoed in agreement. “This one must go first,” said the auctioneer, “and only this one. The will stipulates! Now, wholl take the son?” Finally, a voice came from the very back of the room. It was the longtime gardener of the man and his son. “Ill give ＄10 for the painting.” Being a poor man, it was all he could afford. The auctioneer stared at the old man wordlessly, but after a moment he turned his attention back to the rest of the bidders. “I am bid ＄10 Will anyone go higher—perhaps to ＄20, or maybe ＄30?” he called. There were many whispers, but no more bids. “Going once,” said the auctioneer, “going twice, and now gone for good!” The gavel fell. Cheers filled the room. “Thank goodness,” said one man. “Now we can move on, and bid on the things that are actually worth something!” But there was stunned silence as the auctioneer announced the auction was over. “What do you mean its over?” cried one disgruntled buyer. “We didnt come here for that ugly thing. What about the paintings? Theres millions of dollars worth of art here. We deserve an explanation!” “Its simple,” said the auctioneer, meaningfully meeting the attendees eyes as they realized their mistake. “According to the will of the father, James Bell, whoever takes the son gets all.” New Words and Expressions 1 plunge v. 陷入 2 conflagration n. 大火 3 distraught a. 心情烦乱的；狂乱的；心神狂乱的 4 nocturnal a. 夜的 5 expedition n. 远征 6 flag v. 衰弱 7 melancholy n. 忧郁(症），愁思，忧伤，伤感 8 stoop n. 门廊 9 portrait n. 肖像 10 well up 涌出，涌现 11 mantle n. 壁炉架 12 will n. 遗嘱 13 echo v. 发出回声，共鸣 14 stipulate v. 规定，约定 15 disgruntle v. 使不高兴 Notes 1 Leonardo da Vici： 达·芬奇(14521519）意大利文艺复兴时期画家，科学家。作品包括《最后的晚餐》、《蒙娜丽莎的微笑》等。 2 Vincent Van Gogh：梵·高 (1853－1890）荷兰画家。1853年3月30日生于津德尔特，1890年7月29日在法国瓦兹河畔因患精神病自杀身死。早年经商，早期作品受印象主义和新印象主义画派影响，代表作《向日葵》、《包扎着耳朵的自画像》、《星光灿烂》等。 3 Claude Monet：克洛德·莫耐(1840－1826），出生于巴黎，是19世纪的印象派大师，作品有《绿衣女人》、《穿和服的女人》等。 4 Salvador Dali：萨尔瓦多·达利(1904－1989）20世纪最伟大的超现实主义画家，出生于西班牙。他曾说：“因为我是天才，我没有死亡的权利，我将永远不会离开人间。”他一生创作的不朽艺术，永远闪耀着天才的灵光，给世界带来无限的遐想。作品有《裸体背部》、《圣徒约翰殉难》等。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 We learn from the first two paragraphs that . A. James Bell is a famous artist B. his son has taken a visit to the Guggenheim Museum C. his son was badly wounded in battle D. James bell and his son were both interested in art collection 2 Why were there so many art collectors on the designated day? A. They were good friends of James Bell. B. They were curious about James Bells will. C. They intended to bid on some art collections of James Bell. D. They took great interest in the portrait of James Bells son. 3 Whats the value of the portrait of his son? A. ＄10B. ＄50 C. Priceless D. Worthless 4 Who got all of the art collections of James Bell? A. Another art collector.B. His longtime gardener. C. No one.D. The auctioneer. 5 Which of the following statements is not true? A. The outcome of the auction was beyond everyones imagination. B. James Bell wanted to get respect for his son from others. C. In James Bells heart, his son was more important and valuable than his art collections. D. The rich always have different ideas from others. Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 The soldier who was saved by James Bells son brought a photo of his son taken by him. () 2 In James Bells will, he gave all his art collections to his longtime gardener. () 3 Many art collectors took great interest in the portrait of James Bells son. () 4 Every time visitors came to his home, James Bell took them to see the portrait of his son before he showed them his collections. () 5 The old portrait of his son was worth only ＄10 译文 无价之宝 多年前，有个富有的艺术收藏家叫詹姆士·贝尔，他经常和他的儿子一道去世界各地的博物馆参观，并把博物馆里最有价值的东西纳入他们的私人收藏。著名艺术家如达·芬奇、梵·高、克洛德·莫耐、萨尔瓦多·达利等的许多珍贵作品成了他们在纽泽西的家中墙上的装饰品。 某个冬天，斐济和关岛开战，战火很快蔓延到波利尼西亚。征兵官员要求贝尔的儿子到南太平洋去保卫祖国，虽然几个月前他们父子俩已经计划到纽约的古根海姆博物馆参观，但他儿子还是毅然决定从军。四个月后，贝尔接到了一个可怕的电报：他的儿子在一场战役中为了救一名战友而牺牲了。 因为感到孤独和心情烦乱，贝尔取消了寻宝计划，并且拒绝让到访者参观他的收藏。 两年过去了，贝尔的精神状况每况愈下，他的家被一股忧郁的气氛深深的笼罩着，贝尔已经深深地陷进痛苦的泥坑里，没人敢跟他在一起。 圣诞节前的一天，有人敲响了贝尔的家门。门廊外站着一个士兵，手里拿着一个大包裹。 “先生，您也许不认识我，但我的命是您儿子救回来的。他那天挽救了很多人的生命，他为了把我抬去安全的地方而被子弹射中心脏不幸牺牲。他以前常常提起您，说您酷爱艺术。”那个年轻人把包裹递给了老人。“我知道这实在算不了什么。我不是一个真正的画家，但我想您的儿子一定会希望您能接受它。” 贝尔打开包裹。原来是战士为他儿子画的肖像。贝尔很惊讶地发现，那幅画竟很传神地表现出他儿子的个性气质。泪水模糊了他的双眼。他向那个士兵表示感谢并要付钱给他。“噢，不，先生，您儿子为我所做出的牺牲是我永远都还不了的。这幅画就当作我送您的礼物吧。” 贝尔把这幅画挂在壁炉的正上方。每逢宾客来访，他都会先把他们带到他儿子的画像前，然后再让他们欣赏自己其他的收藏。 几个月后，贝尔死了。根据他的遗嘱，他的所有收藏都要拿去拍卖。 在拍卖的那一天，来自世界各地的艺术收藏家聚集在一起准备竞投一些惊世之作。让每个在场的人惊讶的是，拍卖以一幅名不见经传的肖像画开始——贝尔儿子的肖像。 “这张肖像画要叫价多少呢？有谁愿意开始叫价？”拍卖官叫道，“一百美元怎么样？” 发现没人回应他的叫价，拍卖官又再次叫道：“50美元怎样？”他提议道：“这并不贵，一点小钱就能买到这样一幅伟大的作品。” 整个房间沉默了一会儿，然后一个竞投者开始发话了：“有谁会在乎这张画呢？”他问道，“那不过是他儿子的画像。别管这幅画了，开拍那些好东西吧！” 房间里顿时传出了很多赞同的声音。 “我们必须从这幅画开始，”拍卖官说，“这是遗嘱上规定的！好，谁来买这幅画？” 最后终于从房间后面传来了一个人的回应。他曾给死去的父子俩当了多年的老园丁。“我愿意出10美元。”他是个穷人，10美元已经是他能出的最高价了。 拍卖官盯着那位老人，一时哑口无言。过了一会儿，他才把注意力放回其他的竞投者。“我为10美元叫价，有谁愿意出更高的价钱吗？——也许是20美元，或者30美元？”他叫道。底下响起了一阵低语，但没人出价。 “第一次叫价，”拍卖官叫道，“第二次叫价，现在成交！”小木槌敲响了。 房间里升起了欢呼声，“谢天谢地，”一个人说，“现在我们可以继续了，让我们竞投那些真正值钱的东西吧！”但这时，拍卖官宣布拍卖结束，房间里的人都呆了。 “结束是什么意思？”一个不满的竞投者嚷道，“我们来这不是为了买那幅丑陋的东西的。其他的名画呢？那些价值几百万美金的作品呢？我们需要一个解释！” “很简单，”拍卖官意味深长地看着其他竞投者的眼睛直到他们意识到自己的错误才接着说，“根据詹姆士·贝尔的遗嘱，无论谁买了他儿子的肖像都得到其他全部的作品。” Passage Two Sand and Stone A story goes that two friends were walking through the desert. During some point of the journey they had an argument, and one friend slapped the other one in the face. The one who got slapped was hurt, but without saying anything, he wrote in the sand with his finger: “TODAY MY BEST FRIEND SLAPPED ME IN THE FACE.” They kept on walking until they found an oasis(绿洲）, where they decided to take a bath. The one, who had been slapped, got stuck in the mire(泥沼,泥泞） and started drowning(淹溺；淹死）, but the friend saved him. After the friend recovered from the near drowning, he wrote on a stone with a knife: “TODAY MY BEST FRIEND SAVED MY LIFE.” The friend who had slapped and saved his best friend asked him with surprise, “After I hurt you, you wrote in the sand and now, you write on a stone, why?” The other friend replied: “When someone hurts us, we should write it down in sand where winds of forgiveness can erase it away. But, when someone does something good for us, we must engrave(雕刻,镌刻）it in stone where no wind can ever erase it.” Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 Why did one friend slap the other one in this story? 2 What did the one who got slapped do then? 3 What happened when they got to an oasis? 4 What did the one who had been saved write on the stone? 5 Why did he write in the sand after his friend hurt him but write on the stone after his friend saved him? Passage Three D and the Art of Learning Rai Sunita and I always call him D, our own little code word in our own little world. He would sometimes use di but that reminded me of the Princess so I always preferred to stick to D. As time went by the three of us became almost inseparable. We couldnt have been from more diverse (不同的） backgrounds. Its been said that life is not just about being happy. Its about the experiences you have, the people you meet and the lives you touch along the way. Well D was really beginning to touch our lives. It started with his style of talking. Sunita and I picked it up unknowingly and soon all three of us were talking in his typical way. So many times when he wasnt around, I would say exactly what I knew he would say had he been there. I could always feel his presence. Sunita and I just carried on being swept away in the stormdoing the things he liked to do, going to his favorite joints, watching the movies he wanted to watch… we were living his life and he was beginning to get used to the extended group. But all good things come to an end and before we knew it, it was time for me to leave. Sunita and I felt as if we had this bond which was about to be broken and we both knew that things would never be the same again. But D seemed totally cool he was of the opinion that one should cherish the old but get on with the new. For both Sunita and me, tears flowed endlessly the day I was leaving, while D stood patiently watching us do the predictable sentimental(感伤性的） farewell(辞别，再见）. He didnt want any part of it. Now, six months down the line, all the promises to keep in touch have disappeared and the three of us have grown vastly apart. Its no longer their presence I can feel. Its their personality that rubbed off on me. Its no longer what they would say or do, because I now do that myself. Its no longer missing them or being lonely, because I carry them with me, always. They are now a part of the person I am, and this is their greatest gift to me. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 joint 2 All good things come to an end. (idiom) 3 rub off Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Fifteen Love Passage One How to Find True Love For years my love life continued to be one long tragicomic novel. In college I fell in love with a tall English major who rode a motorcycle. He stood me up on our sixth date. In my mid20s I moved to New York City where love is hard to find. My first Valentines Day there, I went on a date to a crowded bar. Halfway through dinner my date excused himself and never returned. In my mind, love was definitely unreachable. Whenever I met happylooking couples, Id wonder where they found love, and want to follow them home for the answer. After a few years in the city I got my dream job—writing about weddings for a magazine called 7 Days. I had to find interesting engaged couples and write up their love stories. I got to ask total strangers the things Id always wanted to know. I found at least one sure answer to the question “How do you know its love?” You know when the everyday things surrounding you—the leaves, the shade of light in the sky, a bowl of strawberries—suddenly shimmer with a kind of unreality. You know when the tiny details about another person, ones that are insignificant to most people, seem fascinating and incredible to you. One groom told me he loved everything about his future wife, from her handwriting to the way she scratched on their door like a cat when she came home. One bride said she fell in love with her fiancé because “one night, a moth was flying around a light bulb, and he caught it and let it out the window. I said, ‘Thats it. Hes the guy.” You also know its love when you cant stop talking to each other. Almost every couple Ive ever interviewed said that on their first or second date, they talked for hours and hours. For some, falling in love is like waking into a confessional booth, a place where you can tell all. Finding love can be like discovering a golded ballroom on the other side of your dark apartment, and at the same time like finding a pair of great old blue jeans that are exactly your size and seem as if youve worn them forever, I cant tell you how many women have told me they knew they were in love because they forgot to wear makeup around their boyfriend. Or because they felt at ease hanging around him in flannel pajamas. Theres some modern truth to Cinderellas tale—its love when youre incredibly comfortable, when the shoe fits perfectly. Finally, I think youre in love if you can make each other laugh at the very worst times—when youre driving a open car in a rainstorm or when your hair is turning gray. As someone once told me, 90 percent of being in love is making each others lives funnier and easier, all the way to the deathbed. Seven years ago I started writing about love and weddings for the New York Times in a column called “Vows”. And now that I have been on this beat for so long, a strange thing has happened: Im considered an expert on love. The truth is, love is still mostly a mystery to me. The only thing I can confidently say is this: Love is as much as oxygen. You dont have to be thin, naturally blond, super successful, socially connected, knowledgeable about politics or even particularly charming to find it. When people ask me where to find love, I tell a story about one of my first job interviews. It was with an editor at a famous literary magazine. I had no experience or skills, and he didnt for one second consider hiring me. But he gave me some advice I will never forget. He said, “Go out into the world. Working hard and concentrate on what you love to do, writing. If you become good, we still find you.” Thats why I always tell people looking for love to wait for that “I won the lottery” feeling—wait, wait, wait! Dont read articles about how to trap, charm a mate. Dont worry about your lipstick or your height, because its not going to matter. Just live your life well, take care of yourself, and dont be sad too much. Love will find you. Eventually it even found me. At 28, I met my husband in a stationery store, I was buying a typewriter, and he was looking at a book. I remember that his eyes perfectly matched his faded jeans. He remembers that my shoes were full of sand. He still talks about those shoes and how they evoked his childhood—bonfires by the ocean, driving on the sand in an old jeep—all those things that he cherished. How did I know that it was true love? Our first real date lasted for nine hours; we just couldnt stop talking. I had never been able to dance in my life, but I could dance with him, perfectly in step. I have learned that its love when you finally stop tripping over your toes. A year after we met, we married. I have come to cherish writing the “Vows” column. With each story I hear, I have proof that love, optimism, guts, grace, perfect partners and good luck do, in fact, exist. Love, in my opinion, is not a fantasy, not the stuff of romance novels or fairy tales. Its as gritty and real as the subway, it comes around just as regularly, and as long as you can stick it out on the platform, you wont miss it. New Words and Expressions 1 stand sb. up 爽约 2 halfway ad. 中途 3 unreachable a. 不能得到的 4 write up 详细描写 5 insignificant a. 无关紧要的，无意义的 6 fascinating a. 迷人的 7 incredible a. 神奇的，难以置信的 8 scratch v. 挠，抓 9 flannel a.&n. 法兰绒 10 oxygen n. 氧气 11 blond a. 金发的 12 concentrate v. 集中 13 evoke v. 唤起 14 beat n. 常走的路 15 bonfires n. 营火 16 cherish v. 珍爱 17 optimism n. 乐观主义 18 grace n. 优美 19 fantasy n. 幻想 20 fairy tales 童话故事 21 subway n. 地铁 Notes 1 Valentines Day：情人节，又叫圣瓦伦丁节或圣华伦泰节(St. Valentines Day），即每年的2月14日，是西方的传统节日之一。男女在这一天互送巧克力、贺卡和花，用以表达爱意或友好。 2 confessional booth：忏悔室。教堂里的一个小阁子(不到一平米）其门上着帘子，壁上有一个开孔。忏悔者跪在这里向坐在阁子内的神父忏悔，彼此只能听见说话看不到人。 3 Cinderella：灰姑娘，童话中的那个女孩受继母及其两个女儿的虐待，被迫烧火做饭，身上头上尽是灰烬，所以，人们叫她灰姑娘！ Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 The love life in her college is . A. tragic B. comic C. tragicomic D. usual 2 Its love when something happened except . A. that you cant stop talking to each other B. that the tiny details about another person, ones that are insignificant to most people, seem fascinating and incredible to you C. that everyday things surrounding you suddenly shimmer with a kind of unreality D. that you can make each other keep sober at the very worst times 3 When did the author find the answer to the question “How do you know its love?” A. At the time in New York, she lived with a beautiful roommate. B. Writing about weddings for a magazine called 7 Days. C. When she started writing about love and weddings for the New York Times. D. When she married. 4 The sentence “I won the lottery” in 10th paragraph means that . A. finding love needs waiting B. finding love needs good luck C. finding love needs tips D. finding love needs worrying about your lipstick or your height 5 The main idea of this passage is . A. how to find true love B. the authors love life C. what is the happiness D. the relation between love and marriage Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1The authors love life in New York was tragic. () 2The first job of the author is writing about wedding for a magazine called 7 Days. () 3When the author started writing for the New York Times, she became an expert on love. () 4The author was thankful to the editor who gave her some suggestion in her first job interview. () 5The author has thought love is not a fantasy, but its real all the time. 译文 如何找到真爱 多年来， 我的爱情生活一直是一部既悲又喜的长篇小说。大学时我爱上一位骑摩托车的高个子英语系学生。我们的第六次约会，他失约了。二十五六岁的时候，我迁往纽约市。在那地方， 爱情难以寻觅。在那儿的第一个情人节，我前往一间拥挤的酒吧赴约，进餐到一半，我的约会对象借故离开就再也没回来。 在我的思想里，爱绝对可望而不可及。每当看到满面幸福的情侣，我就疑惑他们是从哪里找到了爱，还想跟着他们一道回家问个究竟。 在城里呆了几年之后，我找到了梦寐以求的工作——为一个叫《七日》的杂志撰写有关婚典的文章。我得寻找有趣的定了婚的恋人们，把他们的爱情故事妙笔生花地写出来。我向素不相识的人们打探我一直想知道的事情。 我至少找到了“你怎么知道这就是爱？”这个问题的一种确切答案。当你周围每日可见的事物——树叶、光影、一碗草莓——突然之间闪现出梦幻般的光芒，你知道这就是爱。 当一个人身上在多数人看来无足轻重的细节，对你来说显得迷人而神奇的时候，你知道这就是爱。有个新郎告诉我，他爱他未婚妻的一切，从她的书法到她回家时像猫一样挠门的方式。有位新娘则说，她爱上她的未婚夫是因为“一个晚上，一只飞蛾绕着灯泡飞舞，他抓住它让他飞出窗外。我说，‘对啦，他便是我要找的小伙子。’” 如果你们能够彼此谈个不休，你也知道这就是爱。我所采访的几乎每对情侣都说，他们第一次或第二次约会时，一谈就是几个小时。对有些人来说，坠入爱河就好像步入忏悔室，在那儿你可以倾谈一切。 发现爱就像发现你昏暗公寓另一侧金碧辉煌的舞厅，同时又像寻觅一条对你特别合身而且仿佛你已经穿了很久的质地很好的蓝色牛仔裤。我说不清有多少妇女告诉我，她们知道自己在爱，因为他们在男朋友面前可以忘了化妆。或者是穿法兰绒睡衣在他身边晃来晃去也觉得心安理得。灰姑娘的童话中有了某种现代真理——当你感到一种不可思议的愉悦，你鞋子不大不小完全合脚时，这就是爱！ 最后，我认为你们是在相爱——如果你们能在最不妙的时候使彼此欢笑，比如当你正在开着敞篷汽车在暴风雨中穿行的时候，或者你的头发正慢慢变灰变白的时候。正如有人告诉我的那样，相爱的人中有90%都在使彼此的生活变得更有趣、更惬意，直到生命的最后一刻。 七年前我开始为纽约《时代》杂志一个叫“誓言”的专栏撰写关于爱情和婚姻的文章。由于我干这一行的时间很长，结果发生了一桩怪事：人们把我当成了恋爱专家。其实，爱情对我而言，至今差不多还只是一个谜。唯一一件我有信心说一说的事是：爱就像氧气一样多。你不必为了寻找爱而减肥，不必天生就白肤金发，不必精于社交，不必政见高明，甚或不必光采照人。 当人们问我到哪儿寻找爱的时候，我就讲我第一次找工作那会儿所经历的一次面谈的故事。跟我面谈的是某家著名文学杂志的一位编辑。我既没经验又没技术，他也丝毫没有雇佣我的意思，但他给了我一辈子都不会忘怀的忠告：“走入社会，好好干，集中精力做你爱做的事——写作。如果你很出色，我们会来找你的。”这就是为什么我总是告诉那些在寻找爱的人去等待那种“我中了彩票” 的感觉——等待，等待，再等待！不要去读那些如何设圈捕捉、迷住一个配偶之类的文章。别为你的唇膏或身高而愁肠百结，因为这并不紧要。只要你好好生活，好好照顾自己，别老是闷闷不乐，爱准会来找你。 爱最终甚至也找到了我。我28岁时，在一家文具店遇到了我的丈夫。当时我在买打印机，他则在看一本书。我记得他的眼睛和他褪色的牛仔裤十分相称。他却忘不了我的运动鞋里灌满了沙子。他至今还谈起我的那双鞋，并且说它们是如何唤起了他对童年的回忆——海边的篝火，驾驶着一辆旧吉普车在沙滩上兜风——所有的那些珍贵的事物。我怎么知道那就是真爱？我们第一次真正的约会持续了9个小时；我们就是没法停止谈话。我一生都跳不好舞，但我能和他一起跳，舞步还十分合拍。我懂得了这就是爱——当你终于不再绊脚。 认识一年之后，我们喜结伉俪。我开始珍惜“誓言”这个专栏。我用我所听到的每一个故事证明，爱、乐观、勇气、优雅的举止，合意的伴侣以及好运气确实存在。在我看来，爱并非只是幻影，并非只是爱情小说或童话故事的素材。爱就像地铁一样执著而真实，就像地铁一样按时到来，只要你在站台耐心地坚持等待，你就不会失之交臂。 Passage Two Education and Marriage There is a widening gulf between how the bestand leasteducated Americans approach marriage and childrearing. Among highschool dropouts(辍学学生）, the divorce rate rose from 38% for those who first married in 1975—1979 to 46% for those who first married in 1990—1994 Among those with a high school diploma but no college, it rose from 35% to 38%. And these figures are only part of the story. Many mothers avoid divorce by never marrying in the first place. The outofwedlock birth rate among women who drop out of high school is 15%. Middleclass kids growing up with two biological parents are “socialized for success.” They do better in school, get better jobs and go on to create families of their own. Children of single parents or broken families do worse in school, get worse jobs and go on to have children out of wedlock. This makes it more likely that those born near the top or the bottom will stay where they started. A large majority—92%—of children whose families make more than ＄75,000 a year live with two parents (including stepparents). At the bottom of the income scale—families earning less than ＄15,000—only 20% of children live with two parents. One might imagine that this gap arises simply because two breadwinners(养家糊口的人） earn more than one. A single mother would have to be unusually talented and diligent(勤勉的）to make as much as ＄75,000 while also raising children on her own. And it is impossible in America for two fulltime, yearround workers to earn less than ＄15,000 between them. But there is more to it than this. Marriage itself is a wealthgenerating place. Those who marry “till death do us part” end up, on average, four times richer than those who never marry. This is partly because marriage provides economies of scale—two can live more cheaply than one—and because the kind of people who make more money—those who work hard, plan for the future and have good interpersonal skills—are more likely to marry and stay married. But it is also because marriage affects the way people behave. American men, once married, tend to take their responsibilities seriously. Married men drink less, take fewer drugs and work harder, earning between 10% and 40% more than single men with similar schooling and job histories. And marriage encourages both spouses(配偶） to save and invest more for the future. Each partner provides the other with a form of insurance against falling sick or losing a job. Marriage also encourages the division of labour. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 What are the problems when leasteducated Americans approach marriage and childrearing according to Para.2? 2 What characteristics do middleclass children tend to have? 3 Why do a large majority of children whose families make more money live with two parents (including stepparents), but at the bottom of the income scale less children live with two parents? 4 Why are those who marry “till death do us part” end up, on average, richer than those who never marry? 5 What can we learn about American peoples opinions towards marriage? Passage Three Why not Set a Few Romantic Resolutions? An online resource for romance and relationships offers 10 New Years resolutions for improving your relationship in 2008 Resolutions are usually about improving yourself as an individual. This year, why not set a few romantic resolutions? 1 Set a monthly “date night” and stick to it. Even if its just dinner and a movie or a candlelit dinner(烛光晚餐） together at home, resolve to make time for each other this year. 2 Say “I Love You” every single day(每一天）. These three small words carry so much meaning, yet theyre never said often enough. Make sure that your partner knows you love and appreciate them every single day. 3 Put your love in writing. Nothing gives you warm fuzzies of love like receiving a simple love note or a passionate love letter. Vow this year to put pen to paper and write your sweetie love notes, love poems, and love letters. 4 Bring back the spontaneity(自发性） in your relationship! Try sending her flowers “just because”. Buy him two tickets to a game of his favorite sport —and go with him! Vow to surprise your partner at least once a month. 5 Get away from it all with a weekend getaway. Head to a cabin in the mountains or a relaxing spa. It doesnt really matter where you go, as long as you go together and leave the interruptions behind. 6 Show your love each and every day. Give your partner compliments, hold hands, open doors, and engage in public displays of affection. Its the little things you do to show your love that always mean the most. 7 Shake up your romantic life with a little creativity. Create your own love coupon(优惠券）book with one coupon for your partner to redeem each week of the year. These little coupons can be as romantic, sexy, or practical as you want. 8 Have fun together! Take up a new hobby together this year. Join a softball team together, take cooking lessons, golf lessons, or dancing lessons. Youll not only learn something new, but youll have fun with your partner at the same time! 9 Dont forget the little things. Make him lunch. Paint her toenails. Wash and wax his car. Do her weekly chores. Its the most practical way to show your love! 10 Get to know your partner better. Whether youre dating, just married, or celebrating your 25th anniversary, there is always more to learn about your partner—and you can have fun doing it! Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 passionate 2 vow 3 compliments Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases.Unit Sixteen Graduation and Employment Passage One Why do We Work? You are 40 years old, head of China investment banking for Merrill Lynch, the pride of your family and clearly destined for greatness. So, Wilson Feng, what do you say to the Bloomberg reporter who phones you up and asks for an interview? “I want to change my life,” Mr Feng said. “Its a nightmare. My father wont recognize me if I stay in investment banking.” Mr. Feng is off to go and work for a stateowned Chinese company. “Salaries at stateowned enterprises are low compared with investment banking, but you can have a better life,” he explained. Merrill Lynch is gutted. “Its sad to see him go. He was a model employee,” said Damian Chunilal, head of Pacific Rim investment banking. “Model employee” is probably nearer the truth than Merrill realizes. For this is not simply another case of executive burnout. Mr. Feng is treading a path that, according to research published this week, is likely to get more and more crowded in the months to come. Worthwhile Work, a report by the communications consultancy CHA, contains the results of a survey of more than 1,500 UK employees working for a range of organizations. It has uncovered deep dissatisfaction with the sort of work that is currently on offer. About 40 percent of younger workers (under 35) in private sector companies are considering a move into the public or charity sectors, the survey reveals. In all, one in three private sector workers is thinking about making such a move. More than 60 per cent of 1825yearolds, and almost half overall, are looking for what they call “more worthwhile work.” A phrase such as that will get some managers spluttering with indignation. What on earth do they mean by “worthwhile”? What do they expect? After all you have done for them: paid holiday, sick pay, weekends off, health and safety legislation, protection from discrimination of all kinds, with a salary and pension on top … and now they want to be inspired as well? They dont know theyre born. The role model for indignant managers is the film director Alfred Hitchcock. When asked by anxious movie stars what their “motivation” was in a scene, his answer was blunt. “Your salary,” he would say. Grownup bosses can also be impatient with the more unrealistic expectations of their employees, especially those held by members of Generation Y—the feisty 20somethings. There is a paradox here: even though younger colleagues are facing the prospect of working well into their 60s and perhaps beyond, many seem to be in a hurry for rapid advancement. And younger colleagues in particular seem unpersuaded that dedicating themselves to wealth creation is an attractive or noble option. “You hear people saying that they are going to stick with their private sector job, before going off and doing ‘something more worthwhile’,” Colette Hill, chief executive of CHA, says. The evidence points to leadership failure on a huge scale. Employees do not understand what is important or worthwhile about their work. They do not see why profitability matters. It is hardly surprising that research into employee engagement invariably throws up dismal findings. Employees dont feel they are being offered anything that is worth engaging with. Leadership gurus talk grandly about providing “a narrative” that people want to follow. More prosaically, it would make a nice change if managers simply told their staff what they wanted from them. The Gallup organizations “Q12 Employee Satisfaction Survey,” a popular way of finding out what staff are thinking, opens with the statement: “I know what is expected of me at work,” a phrase employees are asked either to agree or disagree with. That first statement often reveals, to business leaders surprise, just how badly people are being managed. Does corporate responsibility (CR) offer a new narrative that people want to hear? While the CHA survey confirms that CR matters to employees, it is not an end in itself. Good businesses are responsible. But they also have a purpose that people can believe in. Leaders have to do a better job of explaining why their employees should turn up for work in the morning. There is a reason why sitcoms such as The Office and novels such as Joshua Ferriss bestseller of last year And Then We Came To The End have proved so popular. The portrayal of worthless rather than worthwhile work strikes a chord. Mr. Ferriss deceptively flat narrator describes an average working day in these terms: “We spent most of our time inside long silent pauses as we bent over our individual desks, working on some task at hand.” Inspiring? No, not really. Stacking supermarket shelves so that families can find what they want to eat is worthwhile. As is paying checks into the right bank account for customers. Managers have to show why these and other apparently banal tasks matter. We dont have to go quite as far as the Chicagobased writer Studs Terkel, who said: “Work is about a daily search for meaning as well as daily bread, for recognition as well as cash … for a sort of life, rather than a MondaytoFriday sort of dying.” But the business that succeeds in providing worthwhile work will leave competitors struggling in its wake. New Words and Expressions 1 nightmare n. 噩梦 2 enterprise n. 企(事）业单位 3 executive n. 总经理，董事；行政官 4 consultancy n. 咨询服务公司 5 splutter v.=sputter 语无伦次 6 indignation n. 愤怒，愤慨 7 legislation n. 立法 8 feisty a. 精力充沛的；活跃的，坐力不安的 9 paradox n. 自相矛盾的话 10 profitability n. 有利可图；有益处 11 dismal a. 沉闷的，无趣的 12 gurus n. 领袖，头目 13 prosaically a. 单调的，平凡的；使人厌倦的，无聊的 14 sitcom n. =situation comedy (广播、电视中的）系列幽默剧 15 portrayal n. 画；肖像；描写 16 inspiring a. 激励的，鼓动的 17 stack v. 堆，堆积，堆叠 18 apparently a. 显然的，表面上 Notes 1 Alfred Hitchcock：Sir Alfred Joseph Hitchcock，阿尔弗雷德·希区柯克 (1899年8月13日—1980年4月29日)，原籍英国，为著名的电影导演，后来转往美国好莱坞发展事业，因其对电影的贡献而于1980年受封英国爵位。希区柯克专擅拍摄惊悚悬疑片，素有“紧张大师”之称，不但有许多脍炙人口的名片传世，对电影工业也有深刻的影响。 2 Gallup：盖洛普民意测验所(Gallup Poll)的正式名称是“美国奥论研究所”，美国最大的民意测验机构。它于1935年创立，现址华盛顿。创办人是乔治·盖洛普。它根据年龄、性别、教育程度、职业、收入、信仰6个标准，在全国各州比例选择测验对象，然后调查得出结果，加以分析说明，向用户发稿。它在总统大选时举行“模拟投票”，还常对政策进行“民意测验”，拥有较大的社会影响力。 3 The Office：《办公室》为NBC日间播出的情景喜剧，也是翻拍片，已经获得过艾美奖的此剧粉丝群相当稳定。 4 And Then We Came To The End：这是一本关于广告公司职员的小说，由本书作者约书亚·菲里斯(Joshua Ferris)一人写成，但他选择通篇都用第一人称复数来讲述故事。 5 Studs Terkel：斯特兹·特克尔是美国当代著名作家。著作有《美国梦寻》(American Dreams: Lost and Found)，《断街——美国都市采风录》(Division Street—Report from An American City)等。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 There is a statement NOT true about Wilson Feng, which is it? A. He is the leader of China investment banking for Merrill Lynch. B. His family are proud of him. C. Hed like to change his job though he is destined for greatness. D. He is unwilling to change his present job. 2 According to the survey, about 40% of younger workers tend to go to ? A. a private company B. a company where they can earn more money C. a company works for the society D. a company near their homes 3 Why do so many younger workers intend to change their jobs? A. For more money.B. For more promising work. C. For more worthwhile work.D. For more pleasant work. 4 According to the passage, who is responsible for the situation that many workers are considering changing jobs? A. The workers themselves.B. The company leaders. C. The workers families.D. The society. 5 According to the passage, what is a worthwhile job? A. Working as the leader of an investment bank. B. Working in a supermarket to help the families to find what they want. C. Spending most of our time inside long silent pauses as we bent over our individual desks, working on some task at hand. D. Working as a model employee. Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 Wilson Feng supposes his present work is terrible. () 2 Damian Chunilal is satisfied to see Wilson Feng leave. () 3It is the leaders of the company that should explain to their employees why they work. () 4 It is not a worthwhile work to pay checks into the right bank account for customers. () 5 The companies that provide worthwhile work will defeat their competitors. 译文 我们为何工作？ 假如你是威尔森·冯，今年40岁，身为美林中国投资银行业务负责人，是家族的骄傲，而且明显拥有远大的未来。那么，面对打电话要求采访的彭博社记者，你会说些什么呢？ “我想改变自己的生活，” 威尔森·冯说道。“这是一场噩梦。如果我继续呆在投资银行工作，我父亲会认不出我的。” 威尔森·冯将去一家中国国企工作。他解释说：“国企的收入比投资银行低，但生活会好一些。”美林损失惨重。该行环太平洋地区投行业务主管达米安·丘尼拉利表示：“他的离去令人遗憾。他是一名模范员工。” “模范员工”这个词可能比美林所意识到的更贴近现实。因为这不仅仅又是一个高级管理人员累得精疲力竭的例子。根据本周发布的一项调查报告显示，未来几个月，威尔森·冯走上的这条道路可能会越来越拥挤。 公关顾问公司CHA的这份报告名为“有意义的工作”，涵盖了对英国各行各业1500多名员工的调查结果，揭示了人们对现有工作机会的严重不满。 报告显示，在私营企业中，大约40%的年轻员工(35岁以下）正在考虑转投公共部门或是慈善机构。在所有年龄段的私营企业员工中，有三分之一的人存在这种想法。超过60%的18岁到25岁员工，及近一半所有年龄段的员工，都正在寻找他们所谓的“更有意义的”工作。 这样一种说法会让一些经理感到义愤填膺。他们所说的“有意义”到底是什么意思？他们想要什么？你已经为他们做了那么多：带薪假期、病假工资、周末休息、健康与安全立法、各种反歧视法规，再加上薪水和退休金……现在他们还想得到精神鼓舞？他们简直不知道自己是谁了。 义愤填膺的管理者的榜样是电影导演阿尔弗雷德·希区柯克。当焦急的影星问他，他们拍电影的“动力”是什么时，他的回答非常直白：“你的工资。” 成熟的老板也会对员工，尤其是对那些年轻一代成员(朝气蓬勃、20来岁的年轻人）更多不切实际的期望感到不耐烦。这里有一个自相矛盾的地方：虽然年轻同事面对一直好好工作到60岁甚至更久的期望，但很多人似乎急于快速提升。 年轻同事似乎尤其不会被说服，认为把自己奉献给财富创造是一个诱人或崇高的理想。CHA首席执行官科莱特·希尔称：“你会听到人们说，他们目前会继续为私营企业效力，今后则打算离开去做‘更有意义的工作’。” 这项证据说明了领导的极度失败。雇员不知道本职工作的重要性或价值。他们不明白盈利能力为什么很重要。雇员忠诚度调查必然会产生糟糕的结果，我们对此不必感到惊诧。雇员并不觉得企业提供了任何值得自己忠诚的东西。 领导大师们夸夸其谈地讲道，要提供一个人们愿意效仿的“故事”。更简单地说，如果经理们直接告诉员工，自己对他们的要求是什么，这将会是一个不错的变化。盖洛普的“员工满意度调查12问”是一个探知员工想法的常用办法，它开篇第一句话是：“我知道单位对自己工作的要求。”员工需要对此表示同意或不同意。令企业领导人吃惊的是，这第一句话常常揭示出对员工的管理是何其糟糕。 企业责任是否提供了一个人们愿意倾听的新故事呢？虽然CHA的调查证实，雇员在乎企业责任，但它本身并不是目标。好企业是负责任的。但它们还有一个人们可以信赖的目标。领导人必须更好地解释，员工为何早上应该来上班。 情景喜剧《办公室》及约书亚·菲里斯去年的畅销书《我们走到了尽头》之所以广受欢迎是有原因的。对那些没有意义而不是有意义的工作的描述让观众和读者产生了共鸣。菲里斯用看似平直的叙述描写了一个平常的工作日：“我们大部分时间都呆在一段段长时间的沉默之中，伏案做着一些手头的任务。”鼓舞人心吗？好像不是吧。 把货物摆到超市货架上，让家家都能找到自己想要的食物，这是一件有意义的工作。将顾客的支票打入正确的账户，这也是有意义的。管理者必须说明，为什么这些及其他显然很平凡的工作很重要。 我们不必走到芝加哥作家斯特兹·特克尔所说的那一步：“工作不仅仅是为了糊口和挣钱，而是要日复一日地探索生活的意义，求得人们的认可，而不是从周一到周五像行尸走肉一样生活。”但如果一个企业可以成功地提供有意义的工作，它将把竞争者远远地甩在后面。 Passage Two Fruitful Interview The coming early summer is again the time when college students are busy with job interviews in the hope that four years high priced education was not in vain. A job hunter can have the best credentials(凭证，证明）in the world but still fail the job interview. Some people are naturally better at interviews than others, thanks to an outgoing personality. But it takes more than a smooth talk to get a job. Personnel experts say that preparation is the thing. Learn how to play the game of hard questions, which is what a job interview is all about. Interviewers may differ in technique, but there are some common questions most of them always ask. “The first 60 to 80 seconds are the most important part of an interview,” Ed. Morsier, a director of the Graduate School in Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh said. Some of the questions seem harmless enough. Actually, they are tricks(计谋，诡计）designed to bring out your weaknesses and strengths. “Tell me about your life” is almost always asked. It is a trap(陷阱）for ramblers(闲聊者，漫谈者）. The interviewer wants to see how quickly you organize your thoughts and how well you communicate. Someone who rambles a lot is on shaky ground. Another question that usually catches people off guard: What is your weakness? Its a most difficult question. One should always try to present a weakness in a positive light. You might say: “One of my problems is that Im a perfectionist. It interferes(干扰）with my personal life because Im always taking work home.” Perhaps the most dangerous trap is the inquiry: What do you think of your former boss or company? “Never badmouth anyone,” advises Morsier. If you were fired, try to owe it to personality conflicts rather than to some other people. But always stress that the conflicts didnt prevent you from doing your job well. Be more careful about the presentation of your former boss. It might be noted that “he helped me learn specific skills” or “he was under a lot of pressures.” You might add, “But I would have handled it differently and shown more compassion(同情） to the employees.” Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 What is the most important part of an interview? 2 Why does the interviewer often ask the interviewees to talk about themselves? 3 How should an interviewee present his weakness? 4 According to the passage, what seems hardest to answer at job interviews? 5 How should an interviewee present his former boss? Passage Three A Guide to the Business World Hopefully the following tips will get you started on the right foot. Pick a Career Instead of a Job Looking for a job randomly, because you majored in something or because you saw a listing that looks somewhat interesting, youll risk getting started in a career that holds no real appeal for you, and then youll have to leave it to find something else. Why not plan your career strategically(战略的）, just like you planned your education? Start by doing a selfassessment(自我评估） that teaches you things about yourself that you might never have thought about—for example, what you like and dont like in a work environment, what defines success for you, and what type of work would make you want to sit in traffic for hours just for the privilege of showing up. Knowing these things can help you determine which occupations could be a good fit for you. If You Cant Get a Job Right Away, Dont Despair Worrying until you get sick, abusing drugs or denying wont be hurting anyone except yourself. The best strategy for moving on is to recognize the reality of the situation, acknowledge(承认） your feelings and find a way to settle the problem. Reach out to your family and friends, and consider taking some time off—after all, youll never have the freedom of being between school and work again! Dont Think of Your First Job as the “Permanent” How can you master the advanced(先进的） skills without putting any time in it? Thats like saying you could win an Olympic medal in swimming without learning to doggie paddle first. Look at your first postcollege positions as temporary(临时的） stops on your career path instead of permanent ones. Dont be in such a rush to get promoted either—you have a long career life ahead of you to shoulder the heavy burden of being on top. In the meantime, enjoy getting paid to learn everything you can so that snagging your next job isnt quite as challenging! Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 risk 2 occupation 3 shoulder (v.) Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Seventeen Job Hunting Passage One Written Communications in Searching Job Even in a supposedly electronic world, we still cant seem to exist without paper in searching job. Before you get the opportunity to be interviewed, therell be some sort of paperwork to be done. The objective is to make sure all of your written communications make a positive impression. So, how do you make a good impression on paper? Mainly by using an important advantage of writing—its slow, which means you have the time to get it right before you send it. Application Forms Application forms are mostly there to gather facts, and dont give you much chance to say things in your own way. But from your point of view their main purpose is to get you an interview. Remember that someone going through the form will still make judgments about you if, for example, its untidy or difficult to read. Sometimes, however, theres a space on the form for you to write freely—asking you “Why did you apply for this job?”, perhaps, or “What were your favorite subjects at school?”. This is where you have the opportunity to write something thats targeted at this particular set of readers, so dont miss out. Remember youll probably be asked very similar questions at an interview—and your answers should be about the same as the ones you wrote down—possibly weeks before. So take a copy of the completed form if you can—and certainly make a note of anything you write answering questions which dont simply have facts as answers. Tips  If you have to complete a form by hand, you make life easier for a reader if you use capital letters, especially when you have small handwriting.  If the choice is left to you, always list things on the form (e.g. exams passed, work experience obtained) with the most recent one first. The past is not as important to a potential employer as the present.  You may sometimes be given the choice to write more than the form gives you space for—something like “Use an additional sheet of paper if necessary.” If you do, dont rely on their efficiency in keeping all your papers together. Write a title on the separate sheet, saying what it is, and that its part of your application form. That way it has much less chance of being lost. Letters The application form may need to be accompanied by a letter. Or even before that, you might have to write to ask for an application form. Sometimes, too, you could be asked to write a letter simply for an employer to see how well you communicate on paper. As far as language is concerned, theres no need to use the oldfashioned phrases that used to be part of business writing. But a business letter is still formal writing. So theres no place for the slang of speech or the chattiness we use with our friends. There should be a logical structure—going from why youre writing through to the main content and ending by looking towards what happens next—such as “I look forward to hearing if you would like me to come for an interview.” Tips The most important aspect of a letters appearance is that it should look as if someones taken care over it. So be tidy, check for mistakes and arrange the letter clearly. For example, a few short paragraphs should be in the middle of the page, not crammed in at the top with a lot of white space at the bottom. Remember that helpful saying: you dont get a second chance to make a first impression. Email There are several stages in the selection process where you might be able to use email, from asking for an application form to confirming an appointment. And even in business, this has become a much less formal way of communicating than by letter. But there are exceptions, and one is when the person writing hasnt met the person at the other end. Thats likely to be the case for you—which means that the more formal conventions of a letter—for example—“Dear Mr. Smith”, are safer than the jargon and shortcuts we might use with friends—such as “CU” for “See you”, and “4” instead of “for”. New Words and Expressions 1 application n. 申请；申请书 2 supposedly ad. 据认为；据推测；一般认为 3 objective n. 目标，目的 4 judgment n. 审判；判断；看法，意见，评价 5 particular a. 特定的，某一的；特殊的，特别的 6 obtain v. 获得，得到，赢得 7 potential a. 潜在的，有可能的 8 accompany v. 陪伴，陪同；伴随……同时发生 9 aspect n. 方面；方位，朝向；面貌，神态 10 cram v. 塞入，填满；塞满 11 convention n. 习俗，惯例 12 jargon n. 行话，黑话，形式不好使人难懂的话 Notes 1 …make a note of anything you write answering questions which dont simply have facts as answers：……记下那些非用事实作答的内容。 2 slang：俚语，黑话。 3 chattiness： 闲谈时的非正式用语，朋友间的调侃语言。 4 selection process：When a firm wants to fill a vacancy, it will go through certain procedures to find a suitable employee. This is called a “selection process”.公司招人填补空职，要经过一些程序发现合适的雇员，这个过程称为“选拔阶段”。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 Which statement is not true about a letter accompanying an application form according to the passage? A. It must be taken good care of. B. It must look tidy. C. It should be wellarranged. D. It must be written all in capital letters. 2 What does the sentence “You dont get a second chance to make a first impression” mean? A. The first impression made by your potential boss through your letter is very important. B. Your potential employer has to have more chances to make a first impression about you. C. You must give your potential boss more than one chance to make good impression about you. D. The first impression cant be made only by one chance. 3 How do you think the language you use in written work should be? A. It should have jargon and shortcuts. B. It must be very formal. C. It should be less formal than that in a business letter. D. It has to include slang and chattiness. 4 Whats the application forms main purpose from your point of view? A. To judge about you. B. To say things in your own way. C. To gather facts. D. To get an interview. 5 Which of the followings is not correct according to the passage? A. Paperwork is necessary in searching job. B. Always list things on the form with the most recent one first. C. You might have to write to ask for an application form. D. Email has become a much more formal way of communication than letter. Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 Since its an electronic world, paper is almost no use in searching job. () 2 Usually an employer can make some impression about you through your paper work. () 3 It is more efficient to get all papers together if you use an additional sheets of paper. () 4 When you list work experiences on the form, you should put the earliest one on the top. () 5 At an interview when you are asked the similar questions, it doesnt matter to make different answers from the ones written on the application form. 译文 求职中的书面交流 即使是在所谓的电子世界里，我们在求职中书面交流似乎也必不可少。因为在你获得面试机会前，必定有一些书面工作要做。这篇短文的目的就是想帮助你在书面交流中始终能给人留下积极的印象。 那么，如何才能在纸上给人留下好的印象呢？主要是利用好写作的一个重要优势——慢，就是你有充分的时间在发出信件之前保证一切都正确。 申请表 申请表主要是为了收集实际信息，而不会给你很多按自己的方式表述的机会。但是对你而言，他们的主要目的是要根据你提供的相关信息确定是否给你面谈的机会。请记住别人在阅读你的表格的时候，同样会对你有个基本判断，例如表格填写的是否简洁、易读。 但有的时候表格上也有要你自己自由填写的空白处——可能问你 “为何申请这个工作”，或“你在学校期间最喜爱的课程是什么”，在这些地方你的回答要瞄准特定的读者，不要错失良机(吸引他们的）。记住，你可能在面试的时候还要被问到类似的问题，那么你的回答应该和填写在申请表上的答案大体一致，而填写的时间或许是在面试前的几个星期，所以可能的话，带上一份填写完整的表格，当然还要记下那些非用事实作答的内容。 小贴士 如果你不得不手工填表，用大写字母能使人读起来更容易，尤其是你的字写得很小的时候。 如果让你选择，你在把诸如通过的考试科目、已有的工作经验等列在申请表上时，一定要把最近的事情放在前面。对于准雇主来说，过去不如现在重要。 或许有时候你可以用比表格中提供的更多的空间来表述你的经历，像“如果必要可另加附页”。如果你有附页，可别指望别人总能把你的所有页张放在一起，所以在附页上写上标题，标明回答的是什么问题，而且标明是你的申请表的一部分。这样丢失的机会就会大大降低。 信函 或许申请表要随着一封信一起发出，甚至在此之前，你还得写信索要申请表。也有的时候雇主只是要你写封信以便了解你的书面交流能力。 就语言来说，没必要使用常出现在商业信函中的那些老式用语，但商业书信仍然要正规书写，所以其中也不能出现俚语或与朋友调侃时的语言。 结构要有逻辑性——从写信的理由到主要内容，并以你对下一步结果的渴望为结语，诸如“盼望听到让我参加面试的消息”。 写信小贴士 就信件的外观而言一个非常重要的方面是它一眼看上去就知道是用心书写的。所以要整洁，不出现错误，信件安排合理。例如，简短的段落应写在纸张的中间，不要都挤在上端而下面留着大片空白。记住这句有用的名言：不要用第二次机会给别人留下第一印象。 电子邮件 在选拔阶段中，从索取申请表到确认职位的几个过程，你也可能要用到电子邮件。在生意场上，与信函比起来电子邮件是一种比较非正式的交流方式。 但是也有例外，其中之一是写信的人尚未见过那边的收信人，在这种情况下，按照信件的正式写法(比如“亲爱的史密斯先生”）要比用朋友间常用的行话或简洁拼法(用“CU”代替“see you”，“4”代替“for” 等）来得更妥当。 Passage Two Preparing for the Interview Interviews can be nervewracking(令人头疼的，伤脑筋的) and preparation is very important. You will be better equipped to answer questions and you will walk in to the interview feeling more confident. If you have reached the interview stage, your resume and letter of application must have been impressive! The company now wants to know more about you. But there is still more work to do if you want to get that job! Make sure you have reached the company as thoroughly as possible—use the Internet, company reports, recruitment literature etc. Remind yourself of why you applied to this company. Make a list of the skills, experience, and interests you can offer the organization. Finally, try to predict the questions you will be expected to answer—imagine you are the interviewer! Interview tips: How you look and behave at an interview can sometimes be even more important than what you say! There are lots of things you can do to make a good impression on interviewers. Here are some tips relating to your appearance and body language.  Make sure your clothes clean, but dont wear obvious logos or designer names.  Dont use too much deodorant(除体臭剂） or perfume!  Dont wear too much jewellery. Interviewers dont usually like nose rings!  Wear clothes that are smart, but comfortable.  Arrive well before the interview time.  Make eye contact with the interviewer when you are introduced.  Give a firm handshake, and make sure you smile!  Dont fidget(坐立不安）. This will distract(分散注意力） the interviewer from what youre saying.  Dont appear overconfident, for example by leaning too far back in your chair, but do try to relax. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 Which is the most important at an interview—what you wear, how you behave or what you say? 2 How can you reach the company thoroughly? 3 What will you do when you shake hands with interviewers? 4 How can you make a good impression on interviewers? 5 Do you have any interview experience? Say something about it, please? Passage Three Cover Letter The letter of application you send with your resume is sometimes called a covering letter(求职信). It is usually the first direct contact between a candidate and an employer, so make sure it is wellwritten and presented. It should normally contain 3—4 paragraphs. Here is a list of points you should include:  Say that you would like to apply.  Say where you found out about the job.  Say why you would like the job.  Say why you are qualified to do the job.  Say you can provide more information if necessary.  Say when you would be available for interview. Here is an example: Dear Mr. Saleh, I am writing to for the position of Editorial Assistant which was in the latest edition of Gulf News. I am currently by a Market Research company as a research assistant, but am keen to a career in publishing, because I enjoy reading and write my own poetry. As you will notice on the CV, I graduated in European Literature. At University I gained considerable working on the student magazine, so I am with editing techniques. I work well and enjoy working in a team. In addition, I speak English. I would be for interview from next week. Meanwhile, please do not contact me if you require further information. I look forward to hearing from you. Yours sincerely, Margaret Roan  Besides, there are several Cover Letter Dos and Donts you should keep in mind. Dos  Direct your letter to the decisionmaker of the organization.  Include the persons full name, title, company name, and company address.  Include your full name, address, and contact information.  Use a formal greeting, such as Mr., Ms. or Dr..  Center your margins.  Mention how you found out about the position.  Type the letter and envelope.  Sign your name.  Use standard English.  Doublecheck your spelling and grammar.  Use standard white paper.  Keep a copy of everything you send to each organization.  Follow up with a phone call after three business days.  Be upbeat and creative—make your letter stand out. Donts  Dont write a long letter—shorter is better.  Dont address the person by first name unless you know him or her personally and have permission to do so.  Dont forget to personally sign the letter.  Dont forget to check grammar and spelling.  Dont use flashy stationery (花花绿绿的信纸) (unless youre applying for a highly creative job).  Dont use slang. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 candidate 2 be qualified to 3 upbeat Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Eighteen Finance and Economy Passage One What We are Facing Now Two months from the end of my MBA, a frightening feeling of “backtoreality” is beginning to set in, and I am wondering whether it has all been worth it. The global economy and the job market are the worst they have been in years, my bank account is nearly empty, and I feel like I need to sleep for a month before I feel rested again. Of course, not all is dire. The fifth and final term of the year has started, and it is wonderful to see the friends who left for two terms on the Singapore campus at the end of 2007, now that they are back to enjoy the last term in Fontainebleau The warm weather has finally arrived after a dreary French winter, and we can once again enjoy warm sun on our faces on the lawns of Inseads beautiful campus near the famed forest where many a French king once hunted. Sitting outside with friends on a sunny May day is the best—and cheapest—way to burn away the mist of worry hanging over many of us as we wonder where we will end up and whether we will be able to find work when thousands seem to be losing jobs in the financial and business capitals of the western world. Frankly, the season for oncampus recruitment activities, which is drawing to an end, has been a very difficult one for me, and many of my fellow MBA participants. There was a whirlwind of presentations by companies, and the recruiters are telling similar stories. It is exhausting, particularly as it is compressed into the same busy schedule of classes and coursework as usual, and we also need to make time for writing applications. Then there is the baitandswitch as much as the company presentations appear designed to convince students that opportunities are limitless and that corporate culture is all about finding the right people and giving them a chance to grow, when the applications are in and interviews start, the message sometimes changes. On the occasions when applications are not rejected outright, interviewers occasionally seem to think that their role is to make applicants feel stupid, inadequate, or incompetent in order to screen them out. This is by no means a general approach, but I and many others have experienced it often enough that it bears mentioning as a fairly widespread practice. This may be a test of the applicants mettle, and clearly it is necessary to select those students who are able to handle the working pressures, but it is a rude awakening for many students who had imagined a charmed life full of possibility earlier in the program. I cannot help but wonder why recruiters forget to treat potential employees with respect after the effort expended to convince candidates to apply for jobs at their companies. After all, isnt spending 50,000 plus living expenses and opportunity cost a sign of motivation? Do people who have been accepted into one of the worlds most selective business schools really need to be tested for their ability to do mental arithmetic? Do we really need to be told that we have great leadership potential but that what really matters is that we could not do long division with pen and paper fast enough? Fortunately, other recruiters take a different approach—one that seems to me to be superior when dealing with such a talented and technicallyskilled pool of people as insead students. They evaluate leadership potential, fit with the company culture and strategic objectives, and actually make an effort to get to know the human being who is sitting in front of them. This does not mean that they have to be any less selective in finding the right person for the company, but it seems to me a more useful way to actually identify candidates with whom the mutual fit is strong and who may be with the company for years to come. As someone with a very nontraditional profile (economics undergraduate, 10 years working as an economist and policy adviser for Canadas foreign ministry), I knew that it might be challenging for me to make the transition to a private sector job. Perhaps I underestimated the challenge—I think my age (36), may be putting me at a disadvantage in two ways. First, I am less inclined to apply to dozens of jobs hoping one will work out, since I have clear ideas about what I want and do not want. Second, I am less inclined to say what people want to hear in an interview because I have come to realize who I am and who am not. I believe that only if I present myself positively but truthfully will I find the job which is right for me, as opposed to being hired for presenting a false image of what makes me sick. Fortunately, I am glad to report that despite the challenges, many of my friends are starting to get good job offers, and after the gloom of April, the sun is once again shining down on the campus. But, like many of the slightly older participants at Insead, I am unlikely find work through the official oncampus channels that are so well organized by the schools career services, or via formal recruiting programs at major firms, consultancies, or banks, aimed at a younger demographic. I am confident, however, that a conscious search for those back doors that are open and welcoming will, in the end, allow me to find the right opportunity. Until then, I will keep enjoying simple pleasures—such as the spring sun—until I can count on a regular pay packet again. New Words and Expressions 1 dire a. 可怕的；悲惨的 2 whirlwind n. 旋风；旋流 3 relentless a. 狠心的，冷酷的，残忍的 4 baitandswitch a. (美口）诱惑的 5 mettle n. 气质，脾性；勇气；精神，气概 6 arithmetic n. 算术，计算 7 candidate n. 候选人；候补人 8 underestimate v. 低估；把……的价值估计过低 9 positively a. 积极地；有自信地 10 fortunately a. 幸运地，侥幸地 11 consultancy n. 顾问工作；咨询服务公司 12 demographic a. 人口统计的 Notes 1 MBA：MBA的全称为Master of Business Administration，即工商管理硕士，是源于欧美国家的一种专门培养中高级职业经理人员的专业硕士学位。 2 Fontainebleau：枫丹白露是巴黎东南的一个小镇，顺着美丽的塞纳河离开喧闹的巴黎，往东南方向前进60多公里，有一片广阔达17000公顷的森林，在这片美丽的森林中央坐落着著名的枫丹白露行宫。“枫丹白露”的法文原义为“蓝色的泉水”。“枫丹白露”这个浪漫的名字是由同样浪漫的诗人徐志摩最早翻译。枫丹白露风景绮丽，森林茂盛，古迹众多，是著名的旅游胜地。 3 Insead：INSEAD同时被美国《商业周刊》和英国《金融时报》列为“全球四大商学院”(商业周刊“全球四大商学院”：INSEAD，哈佛，沃顿，西北凯洛格；金融时报“全球四大商学院”：INSEAD，哈佛，沃顿，伦敦商学院）。并被全球最权威的商学院专业期刊《国际MBA职业指南》和全球最大的 “国际MBA巡回展”授予“全球商学院最高学府”称号(英文原文为“the award for the best business school in the world”）。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 Which statement is not true about what happens two months from the end of the authors MBA? A. The global economy and the job market are the worst they have been in years. B. Thousands of people seem to be losing jobs in the financial and business capitals of the western world. C. The author had a difficult time. D. Everything seems bright. 2 According to the author, what is the superior way the recruiters take? A. The recruiters should test for the students ability to do mental arithmetic. B. The recruiters need to make applicants feel stupid. C. The recruiters should evaluate the students leadership potential. D. The recruiters should know whether the students could do long division with pen and paper fast enough. 3 What is not true about the author? A. He was an economics undergraduate. B. He used to work in a private sector. C. He used to work as an economist. D. He had ten years working experience. 4 What is the disadvantage for the slightly older participants at insead like the author? A. They are not easy to be satisfied. B. They are not good at mental arithmetic. C. They know what they want and what they are. D. They usually present a false image. 5 What is the authors attitude towards what he is facing? A. upset B. indignant C. passiveD. hopeful Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 The global economy is promising just before the end of the authors MBA. () 2 The author spent 10 years studying MBA. () 3 It is easier for the older students get jobs because theyre more experienced. () 4 None of the authors friends get good job offers. () 5 The author is confident to find a job. 译文 我们正面临什么？ 在我的MBA学业即将结束的前两个月，一种“回归现实”的可怕感觉开始降临，我开始怀疑，所有的这一切是否值得。全球经济与就业市场已进入近年来最糟糕的阶段，我的银行户头几乎为零，我觉得自己在再次感到安心前，需要睡上一个月的时间。 当然，并非所有的事情都那么可怕。第五学期已经开始，这也是最后一个学期。再次见到2007年底赴新加坡校区学习两个学期的朋友们，看到他们回到枫丹白露来享受最后一个学期，也是一件美妙的事情。法国阴郁的冬日已成过去，温暖的天气终于来临，欧洲工商管理学院美丽的校园毗邻历史上法国许多国王狩猎过的那片著名森林，我们在草坪上可以再次享受到晒在脸庞上的暖阳。 在5月份阳光明媚的天气里，与朋友们坐在户外，是驱散我们许多人满脸愁云的最好方式——也是最便宜的方式。因为在西方世界的金融及商业都市里，成千上万的人面临失业，此时此刻，大家都在思忖各自的前途，以及我们是否能找到工作。 坦率地说，即将结束的校园招聘季活动，对我来说一直是件很难的事情，对于许多参加MBA学习的校友来说，也是如此。多家公司像旋风般相继召开宣讲活动，而招聘者讲着千篇一律的故事。这很让人精疲力竭，况且，这种事还得要挤进一如既往繁忙的课程和作业安排中，而我们还需要挤出时间来填写工作申请。 此后就出现了挂羊头卖狗肉的情况——每家公司的宣讲似乎设计得是让学生们确信：机会无限，而本公司的文化就是要找到合适人选，给予他们成长的机会。但等到你填好申请并开始面试时，情况时常会出现变化。 在求职申请未被直接驳回的情况下，面试者们有时似乎会认为，他们的职责就是让申请者感到自己很笨、不称职、或是能力不足，以便将他们筛选掉。 这绝对不是一种通行的做法，但我和其他许多人都多次经历过这种事，因此有必要提一下，这是一种相当广泛的做法。 这也许是对申请者勇气的测试，显然对于许多进行校园招聘的公司来说，有必要挑选那些能够处理工作压力的学生。但对于许多在学业初期想象充满种种可能性的美好生活的学生来说，这样的对待不啻于一种粗暴的唤醒。 我不得不想，在花费精力说服求职者到公司来应聘之后，为何招聘者还会忘记如何尊重各位潜在的雇员？ 毕竟，花费5万多欧元的生活费和机会成本，难道不是表明一个人的动力所在吗？难道被全球最挑剔的商学院录取的学生，真的还需要测试一下他们的心算能力吗？我们真的需要被告知，虽然自己拥有巨大的领导力潜能，但真正管用的，还是我们能否快速用纸笔计算出一长串的除法吗？ 幸运的是，其他一些招聘者采取了不同的做法——似乎在我看来，在对待欧洲工商管理学院这批富有才干、技术熟练的人才们时，这是上乘的办法。他们会评估一个人的领导力潜能，能否适应公司的文化与战略目标，是否确实花了力气去了解坐在自己对面的这个人。 这并不意味着他们代表公司来物色最佳人选时就不那么挑剔。但在我看来，在求职者当中真正找到那些相互适应程度较高的人选，以及哪些人也许会在今后数年留在这个公司，这是一种更有用的方式。 作为一个资历很不传统的人(经济学本科，在加拿大外交部任经济学家及政策顾问的10年工作经验），我知道对于我来说，转行到私营部门工作，可能富有挑战性。 也许我低估了这项挑战——我想我的年龄(36岁）大概使我在两方面处于不利。首先，我不太愿意申请十多份工作，然后希望得到其中的一份，因为我清楚地了解自己想做和不想做的事情。其次，我不太愿意在面试时说人们想听的话，因为我已经认识到自己是哪种人。 我相信，只要我积极而真实地展现自己，我会找到一份适合我的工作，而不是展现令我加分的虚假形象，让自己被聘用。 幸运的是，尽管有种种挑战，我还是乐于告知大家，我有许多朋友开始收到不错的录用函。四月的阴霾过后，阳光再一次普照校园。 但是，就像欧洲工商管理学院里许多年龄稍大的学员一样，我不太可能通过商学院就业服务部门精心组织的官方校园招聘渠道，或是通过大公司、咨询机构或银行那些面向较年轻人员的一些正式招聘计划来找到工作。 不过，我有信心，只要我有意识地探寻那些开启并欢迎我的其他门路，我终将找到合适的机遇。 眼下，我将继续享受各种简单的快乐——例如春日的阳光——直至我再度能够依赖一份按期发放的工资单。 Passage Two Bank Services A modern bank provides many services. One of the most important of these is regular passbook savings. With a regular passbook savings account(账户）, you would be able to withdraw money whenever you needed it. All banks pay interest on savings accounts. The interest rate varies from bank to bank, but the general range is from 45% to 6%. Another important service that banks provide is travelers checks. If you went on a vacation or traveled on business to another city or state, you would probably want to bring some travelers checks with you. They have two important advantages over cash. One is that your money is always safe. If the checks are lost or stolen, you can receive a refund for the total amount. Another is that they are more convenient(方便）. For this service the bank charges 1% of the amount of the check. Still another service that banks provide is safedeposit boxes, where you can keep important documents and valuable jewelry. To get a safedeposit box, you would have to fill out a signature card and pay a yearly rental fee. Before you can open your box, you must sign a slip of paper. Your signature is compared with the one on your signature card. You will not be allowed to open your box unless the employee at the bank is satisfied that the signature is genuine(真的，真实的）. One other important service, one which many businessmen who travel a great deal take advantage of, is the credit card. Credit cards are a convenient way of paying hotel bills and other expenses. To get a credit card, you must fill out an application that requires you to supply such personal information as your monthly salary and other income. If your credit is not good, the bank will not issue(发行） you a credit card. Most of the services described above do not provide a major source of income for the bank. How, then, does the bank itself make its money? Its largest source of income is through loans(贷款）. The majority of loans made are known as commercial loans—loans made to businesses and not to individuals. In addition, banks make real estate loans to individuals for the purchase of houses or land, and they also give personal loans to people who want to buy a new car or a new appliance. It is hard to imagine how the complex business affairs of our modern world could be carried out without the many services that a bank provides. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 What is the interest rate of a regular passbook savings account? 2 Why would you bring some travelers checks with you instead of cash when you traveled on business to another city or state? 3 What should you do if you want to take your important documents or other valuable things out of the safedeposit boxes you have applied for in a bank? 4 Whom will the bank not issue a credit card to? 5 Which services described in the passage is a major source of income for the bank? Passage Three The Negative and Positive Effects of Advertising The appeal of advertising to buying motives can have both negative and positive effects. Consumers may be convinced to buy a product of poor quality or high price because of an advertisement. For example, some advertisers have appealed to peoples desire for better fuel economy for their cars by advertising automotive(汽车的） products that improve gasoline(汽油） mileage. Some of the products work. Others are worthless and a waste of consumers money. Sometimes advertising is intentionally misleading. A few years ago a brand of bread was offered to dieters(节食者） with the message that there were fewer calories(热量单位，大卡）in every slice. It turned out that the bread was not dietetic(适合节食的）, but just regular bread. There were fewer calories because it was sliced very thin, but there were the same number of calories in every loaf. On the positive side, emotional appeals may respond to a consumers real concerns. Consider fire insurance(保险）. Fire insurance may be sold by appealing to fear of loss. But fear of loss is the real reason for fire insurance. The security of knowing that property is protected by insurance makes the purchase of fire insurance a worthwhile investment for most people. If consumers consider the quality of the insurance plans as well as the message in the ads, they will benefit from the advertising. Each consumer must evaluate her or his own situation. Are the benefits of the product important enough to justify buying it? Advertising is intended to appeal to consumers, but it does not force them to buy the product. Consumers still control the final buying decision. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 appeal2 respond3 evaluate Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Nineteen Culture and Language Passage One Fads: Why We Embrace Them Popculture fads come and go. Experts say fads have different shapes and sizes. Yet they are quite similar in their life cycle. They catch on fast, and then quickly fade away. And while some fads are harmless and fun to adopt, others can be costly and even dangerous when they come as the next hot novelty in management, education, science or medicine. When Joel Best was a child in the late 1950s, every kid in his neighborhood had to have one of those hot new toys known as hulahoops. “The hulahoops was a popular toy in the United States. They arrived on the scene and disappeared in a period of 4 or 5 months. Its sort of the prototypical fad. It involves children, its inexpensive and it doesnt last very long.” As a sociologist, Joe Best has always been interested in studying the fad phenomenon. The author of Flavor of the Month: Why Smart People Fall for Fads says even experts cant predict what trend or product is significant and whats just a craze. “You can look at history and see all sorts of examples where people guessed really wrong. They can say that something is just a fad, and it turns out to be a permanent change. In the 1950s, people said Rock and Roll music would never last. Or the wristwatch, people said the wristwatch is just a fad and of course it turned to be very, very popular and to have lasted for a long time.” “The 8track tape recorder or CB radio, things like that, that people at the time thought were going to be important changes, and it turned out that they didnt last very long at all.” Its not hard to see how some fads get started, according to Columbia Business Professor Eric Abrahamson. Imitating celebrities is a major reason behind their quick spread. “So a star might wear something, then the people who really follow stars might wear it. It might go down to people who look at the people who really follow stars. Another reason is just that people have a tremendous appetite for modernity and novelty. They are always looking for the next cool nice special thing.” Abrahamson says you can see fads almost everywhere. “There has been recently, what Id say is really faddish language among kids. One kid starts using a word, then it starts spreading and a lot of people use the word. You have fads in medicine, sometimes. For instance, everybody starts diagnosing a particular disease, or using a particular medicine. It spreads from doctor to doctor. There are the financial fads, for instance, everybody starts to buy a certain kind of stock.” Some highlytouted educational programs and policies have turned out to be just fads without lasting value. Abrahamson says the same is true for some business and management innovations. “For instance, Quality Control Circles or TQM—Total Quality Management, that largely come from the auto industry. When it becomes a fad, it starts spreading across all kinds of businesses, so military adopts it, and even churches start adopting Total Quality Management.” “Something that worked in the car industry may not very well work in churches. So it gets overadopted. Sometimes, its purposeful. A CEO might just need new marching song, new idea to get the firm going. So sometimes, very deliberately, theyll pick something even though they know its a fad, just to get people to focus and to get change in the organization. It can be good but its like a dose of caffeine: it wears off and you have to jump to another one. So, its not clear that its a great way to manage organizations.” According to sociologist Joel Best, these institutional fads go through the same three stages that popculture fads do, as they rise and fall. “I call them emerging, surging and purging. In the emerging stage, somebody has an idea. They promote, package it, and it begins to take off. A few people begin to adopt it. Then, the surging stage is when lots of people begin to climb up on the bandwagon. There is often a great deal of excitement at this stage. People dont want to be left behind. They want to be part of this important new thing. Then, it peaks at some point, and the purging begins. Thats when people begin to abandon the fad. They decide this really wasnt worth doing.” People usually start to abandon institutional fads when they start costing money rather than serving as an economic stimulus. But Business Professor Eric Abrahamson says they may have already done damage. “Downsizing American corporations, for instance, follows a faddish dynamic. It affects millions of people, sometimes very severely. None of the research afterwards suggested that it helped firms. So lots and lots of firms started these mass firings because other firms were doing mass firings.” Experts say its important to acknowledge that institutional fads occur, so new programs or management schemes will be approached with caution. They say executives should examine such ideas carefully, and get evidence that they work before jumping on the bandwagon simply because everyone else is doing it. New Words and Expressions 1 fad n.(流行一时的）热狂，时尚 2 fade v. 消退，褪色 3 novelty n. 新奇，新奇的事物 4 hulahoops n. 呼拉圈 5 prototypical a. 典型的，原型的 6 celebrity n. 明星，名人 7 jump on the bandwagon 赶时髦，一窝蜂作风 8 acknowledge v. 承认……之事实或存在，接受 9 emerge v. 出现，呈现 10 surge v. 汹涌，澎湃，上升 11 purge v. 清洗，消退 Notes 1 Rock and Roll music：摇滚乐，还可写作rock ‘n’ roll 或 rockandroll。一种起源于节奏和蓝调音乐、乡村音乐及福音歌曲等多种音乐风格并把它们融为一体的流行音乐形式，它兴起于20世纪50年代的美国，特征是使用电声加强的乐器演奏法，具有强烈的节奏和相对简单的旋律。 2 TQM：Total Quality Management 全面质量管理。定义：为了能够在最经济的水平上并考虑到充分满足顾客要求的条件下进行市场研究、设计、制造和售后服务，把企业内各部门的研制质量、维持质量和提高质量的活动构成为一体的一种有效的体系。 3 CEO：Chief Executive Officer, 即首席执行官。首席执行官(Chief Executive Officer, 缩写CEO）是在一个企业中负责日常事务的最高行政官员，又称作行政总裁、总经理或最高执行长。他向公司的董事会负责，而且往往就是董事会的成员之一。在公司或组织内部拥有最终的执行权力。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 Which of the following statement is NOT true? A. Fads have different shapes and sizes. B. Fads are quite similar in their life cycle. C. Fads catch on fast, and then quickly fade away. D. All fads are harmless and fun to adopt. 2 In the 4th paragraph, the examples of Rock and Roll music and the wristwatch shows. A. experts cant predict what trend or product is significant and whats just a craze B. in history, people sometimes guessed really wrong C. they are just sort of the prototypical fads D. they didnt last very long at all 3 Why does Columbia Business Professor Eric Abrahamson think its not hard to see how some fads get started? A. Imitating celebrities is a major reason behind the quick spread of some fads. B. People have a tremendous appetite for modernity and novelty. C. People are always looking for the next cool nice special thing. D. All of the above. 4 Which of the following fields is not talked about in the passage? A. education B. medicine C. transportation D. business and management 5 According to the experts, which one is False? A. We cannot predict what trend or product is significant and whats just a craze. B. Institutional fads go through the same three stages that popculture fads do, that is as follow: emerging, surging and purging. C. New programs or management schemes will be approached with caution. D. Some of the research afterwards suggested that fads helped firms. Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 All the fads are harmless and fun to adopt. () 2 The hulahoops involves children, its inexpensive and it lasts for a long period of time. () 3 Rock and Roll music turned to be very, very popular and to have lasted for a long time. () 4 Some highlytouted educational programs and policies have turned out to be just fads without lasting value. () 5 People usually start to accept and follow institutional fads when they start costing money rather than serving as an economic stimulus. 译文 潮流： 我们为什么拥抱他们？ 流行文化来了又去。专家们说潮流有不同的形式和级别。然而在它们的生命周期里却又十分相似。它们迅速流行又很快消亡。有一些潮流是无害、有趣的并且是可以被接受的，而另一些则需付出代价，当它作为下一轮新奇热潮渗入到管理、教育、科学和医学时甚至还会引发危险。 在20世纪50年代后期，当Joel Best还是一个孩子时，他的邻居家的每一个孩子都必有一个被称为呼拉圈的流行的新型玩具。“当时呼拉圈在美国是很流行的玩具。这个潮流很快流行开了，不过却在四五个月后就消失了。这就是典型的流行潮。这种潮流吸引了孩子们，它并不昂贵，而且持续的时间也不长。” 作为一个社会学家，Joel Best一直对研究潮流现象很有兴趣。《本月流行：为何聪明人为潮流而着迷》的作者说，甚至专家也不能预测什么潮流或者物品是有意义的，或者什么会是令人狂热的。 “回顾一下历史以及人们所猜错的各种例子。人们认为某物只是一个潮流，但结果却成了一个永久性的改变。在20世纪50年代，有人说摇滚音乐不会持久，也有人说，手表这东西只是一个潮流而已。然而，结果很明显，这些东西变得非常非常流行并且持续了很长的时间。” “像8个声道的录音机或者民用波段收音机这样的东西，当时的人们认为它们将会是很重要的变革，但是实际上那些东西根本就没持续多少时间。” 根据哥伦比亚商业教授Eric Abrahamson的观点，并不难看出一些潮流是如何开始的。模仿名人是潮流快速流行背后的一个主要因素。“所以如果明星穿了什么衣服，其他真正追星族也会跟着穿同样的衣服。而这样的穿着也会出现在追星族周围的人身上。另一个原因是人们对现代性和新奇性有一种很强的欲望。他们总是在寻找下一个有个性的美好的特殊事物。” Abrahamson说你几乎可以在任何地方看到潮流。“我想说的是，最近在年轻人之间又出现了一股时尚的语言潮流。某个孩子开始用一个单词，然后这会流行开来，于是许多人都用这个词了。有时在医学方面，也会出现新潮流。比如每个人都会断定一种新的疾病或者使用一种特殊的药品。这会在医生之间相互流行。另外还有金融潮流，比如每个人都开始买某种特殊的股票。” 一些被高度吹捧的教育项目和政策也会成为一时的潮流，并无任何持续发展的价值。Abrahamson说这和一些商业或者管理创新来说也是一样的。“比如质量控制小组或者说TQM——全面质量管理，这些大部分都来自汽车工业。当它变成一股潮流时就开始在各行各业中流行开来。所以，军队也采用了，甚至连教堂也开始接受了全面质量管理。” “在汽车工业里能发挥作用的并不一定能在教堂里表现得很好。所以它被滥用了。有时这样做是有目的的。一个CEO也许需要新的进行曲或者新点子来促使公司向前发展。所以有时他们会故意地采用一些甚至他们认为是潮流的东西，为的是让人们集中精力和在组织方面做一个改变。这样做有时候会有用，但是这种做法更像一剂咖啡因：它的作用会逐渐减弱而你又必须再服用另一剂。所以我们并不清楚那在组织管理方面是不是一个很好的办法。” 根据社会学家Joel Best的观点，这些单调的潮流和流行文化一样，起起落落经过三个阶段。“我把它们叫做浮现、上升和消退。在浮现阶段，有些人会有新念头。他们推广、包装它，这个潮流就这样开始流行开来。会有一些人接受这个东西。然后在第二个上升阶段，很多人都会加入到流行大军中来。在这个舞台上会有很多兴奋因素，人们都不想落后，他们都想成为这个重要的新事物的一部分。然后当流行到达顶点，消退阶段就开始了。人们这时候都开始摈弃这个潮流，他们觉得这样的事并不值得做。” 人们通常在单调的潮流需要付出金钱代价而不只是作为经济上的刺激品时抛弃它。但是商业教授Eric Abrahamson说这些潮流已经造成了伤害。“比如减小美国的公司规模是随着潮流而动。他们影响了数百万人，有时还非常严重。没有一项相应的研究报告表明这对公司有所帮助。就这样，越来越多的公司开始了大规模裁员，因为别的公司也在这样做。” 专家指出，承认单调的潮流的发生是非常重要的，因为这能谨慎地处理新的规划和管理方案。他们说管理人员要仔细评估这些想法，给出证据证明这些想法是可行的。而不是因为大家都这样做，我们就简简单单地追随这个潮流。 Passage Two Body Language in Different Cultures An American businesswoman comes away from a meeting with her Japanese supplier(供货商）, delighted. A few days later, she receives questions about the price. “Whats going on here?” she asks, “They agreed to the price, and they even nodded and smiled.” The Japanese, who are trained to hide their disagreement or anger, might even smile in situations where Americans will cry. The meaning of a smile is not universal. Neither is a frown(皱眉头）. When we are sad or angry, we can frown, or even cry. In Arab and Iranian cultures, people express pain openly. They even express sadness loudly, while people from China, Japan, and Indonesia are more likely to control their feelings. Eye contact alone can carry a lot of information and is more typical of the Western World. In many countries such as Japan, however, if younger people stare at an older person, they must be the first to lower their eyes. In the USA and other English speaking countries, the ring or OK gesture means “Everything is OK.” In France it can also mean zero or nothing. In Japan it can mean “money.” In some Mediterranean(地中海的） countries, it is used to mean that a man is homosexual(同性恋）. The V sign in New Zealand and Great Britain with the palm facing towards the speaker may be used for the insult version. In the USA, the V sign means victory but the two fingers and the palm face out. In Indonesia, the V sign means number two. In USA, beckoning people to come with the palm up is common or acceptable. However, in the Philippines, Korea, and parts of Latin America, the same gesture is considered rude. In some countries, only an animal can be beckoned with the palm up. In China, we signal with the palm down, to the person to come. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 Is there any misunderstanding between the American businesswoman and her Japanese supplier? 2 What is the meaning of ring or OK gesture in France? 3 What is the meaning of V sign with the palm facing towards the speaker in England? 4 Why do we say in some countries beckoning people to come with the palm up is considered rude? 5 Can we say the meaning of a smile is universal? If not, give us an example to show it. Passage Three A Dragon— the National Symbol When many people in the west think of China, the animal that they think of is the dragon. For them, the dragon is an aggressive monster that breathes fire. Many legends(传说）tell of how dragons killed brave knights(骑士） and ate beautiful girls. For Chinese people however, the dragon is not an evil monster. Its a symbol for prosperity and good luck. The dragons main task is to create harmony and bring rain. China isnt the only country to have the dragon as its symbol. Wales, one of the four countries in the United Kindom, has a red dragon displayed on its flag. The only other country in the world with a dragon on its flag is Bhutan, the tiny country between China and India. Almost all countries in the world have an animal symbol(动物图腾）to represent their country, and it is particularly obvious during sports. The England football team have three lions on the front of their football shirts since the English see lions as brave, proud animals. Australia is famous for kangaroos, the national rugby team is more commonly know as the Wallabies, a kind of small kangaroo. Similarly, the South African team are known as the Springboks, a type of African antelope, and the New Zealanders, whether playing sports or not, are commonly known as Kiwis. A kiwi (无翼鸟） is a native New Zealand bird that cant fly. All countries are proud of their symbols, which they feel reflect national characteristics or the beauty and variety of their natural environments. Recently, a Shanghai professor claimed that using the dragon as a national symbol could make western countries have a negative view of China. But in an internet survey 90% of Chinese people wanted to keep the dragon, and as we are all familiar with that Chinese symbol, people in the west would no doubt want China to keep the dragon too. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 aggressive 2 negative 3 survey Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Twenty Culture Shock Passage One Living in a Different Culture Whenever someone travels overseas, they are like “a fish out of water.” Like the fish, they have been swimming in their own culture all their lives. A fish doesnt know what water is. Likewise, we often do not think too much about the culture we are raised in. Our culture helps to shape our identity. Many of the cues of interpersonal communication (body language, words, facial expressions, tone of voice, idioms, slang) are different in different cultures. One of the reasons that we feel like a fish out of water when we enter a new culture, is that we do not know all of the cues that are used in the new culture. It is important to understand that culture shock happens to all people who travel abroad, but some people have much stronger reactions than others. Psychologists tell us that there are four basic stages that human beings pass through when they enter and live in a new culture. This process, which helps us to deal with culture shock, is the way our brain and our personality reacts to the strange new things we encounter when we move from one culture to another. If our culture involves bowing when we greet someone, we may feel very uncomfortable in a culture that does not involve bowing. If the language we use when talking to someone in our own culture is influenced by levels of formality based on the other persons age and status, it may be difficult for us to feel comfortable communicating with people in the new culture. Culture shock begins with the “honeymoon stage.” This is the period of time when we first arrive in which everything about the new culture is strange and exciting. We may be suffering from “jet lag” but we are thrilled to be in the new environment, seeing new sights, hearing new sounds and language, eating new kinds of food. This honeymoon stage can last for quite a long time because we feel we are involved in some kind of great adventure. Unfortunately, the second stage of culture shock can be more difficult. After we have settled down into our new life, working or studying, buying groceries, doing laundry, or living with a homestay family, we can become very tired and begin to miss our homeland and our family, girlfriend/boyfriend, pets. All the little problems that everybody in life has seem to be much bigger and more disturbing when you face them in a foreign culture. This period of cultural adjustment can be very difficult and lead to the new arrival rejecting or pulling away from the new culture. This “rejection stage” can be quite dangerous because the visitor may develop unhealthy habits (smoking and drinking too much, being too concerned over food or contact with people from the new culture). This can, unfortunately lead to the person getting sick or developing skin infections or rashes which then makes the person feel even more scared and confused and helpless. This stage is considered a crisis in the process of cultural adjustment and many people choose to go back to their homeland or spend all their time with people from their own culture speaking their native language. The third stage of culture shock is called the “adjustment stage.” This is when you begin to realize that things are not so bad in the host culture. Your sense of humour usually becomes stronger and you realize that you are becoming stronger by learning to take care of yourself in the new place. Things are still difficult, but you are now a survivor! The fourth stage can be called “at ease at last.” Now you feel quite comfortable in your new surroundings. You can cope with most problems that occur. You may still have problems with the language, but you know you are strong enough to deal with them. If you meet someone from your country who has just arrived, you can be the expert on life in the new culture and help them to deal with their culture shock. There is a fifth stage of culture shock which many people dont know about. This is called “reverse culture shock.” Surprisingly, this occurs when you go back to your native culture and find that you have changed and that things there have changed while you have been away. Now you feel a little uncomfortable back home. Life is a struggle! There is a risk of sickness or emotional problems in many of the phases of culture shock. Remember to be kind to yourself all the time that you are overseas, and when you get home, give yourself time to adjust. Be your own best friend. If you do these things, congratulations, you will be a citizen of the world! New Words and Expressions 1 likewise ad. 同样的，照样的，也，又 2 identity n. 身份，个性，特性；同一性，一致性 3 cue n. 提示，暗示，暗号，指示 4 interpersonal a. 人与人之间的，人际的 5 react v. 起反应，有影响；反对，反抗 6 reaction n. 反应，回应；反作用力；回复到以前状态 7 psychologist n. 研究心理学者，心理学家 8 encounter v. 遇到，遭遇；偶然碰到，邂逅 9 formality n. 严守礼节，拘泥形式 10 status n. 身份，地位 11 be thrilled to 强烈的兴奋、愉悦或恐惧 12 adjustment n. 调整，整理 13 reject v. 拒绝，谢绝；舍弃，排斥，退掉 14 rejection n. 抛弃，被弃；拒绝，被拒 15 infection n. 传染，感染；传染病 16 rash n. 疹子，皮疹 17 survivor n. 生存者， 生还者，残存着 18 reverse a. 在性质上或顺序上相反的；相对的；颠倒的 Notes 1 culture shock：a sudden bad surprise caused by the new culture，文化冲击。 2 If the language we use when talking to someone in our own culture is influenced by levels of formality based on the other persons age and status……在我们自己的文化中，交谈的用语会受到基于对方的年龄或身份的差异而采取的礼节程度的影响…… 3 jet lag：飞行时差反应；时差感。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 When does the culture shock happen? A. When you reach your teens.B. When you move to a big city. C. When you meet foreign people for the first time. D. When you go to live in a foreign culture. 2 How do you feel during the first stage of culture shock? A. lonely and depressedB. homesick and scared C. happy and excitedD. angry and frustrated 3 How do you feel during the second stage? A. homesick and afraidB. interested and amused C. stressed, but positiveD. you have no particular feelings 4 How could the third stage be described? A. adjustmentB. rejectionC. enthusiasmD. anger 5 How do you feel during the fourth stage of culture shock? A. relaxedB. tense, but positive C. afraidD. negative and stressed Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 Someone who travels abroad is just like “fish out of water,” so he can hardly survive in the new culture. () 2 It is very natural for everyone to feel uncomfortable in the new culture. () 3 The four basic stages of culture shock are honeymoon, adjustment, reverse and at ease at last. () 4 When you get back to your native country after staying overseas for quite a long time, culture shock can also happen to you. () 5 In the second stage of culture shock, people would choose to spend all their time with people from their homeland because they are afraid to risk being uncomfortable with strangers and it is easier to stay with people from their own culture. 译文 生活在不同的文化环境中 每当人们去海外旅行，就好比是 “离开水的鱼”，像鱼一样，他们一直是在自己的文化中游来游去。鱼不知道水是什么，同样，我们也不会过多地思考自己身处其中的文化。相同的文化背景使我们形成了同样的习俗，人与人之间沟通的许多指示信号， 如身体语言、词汇、面部表情、声音语调、习惯用语、俚语等在不同的文化中是不一样的。当我们初涉一种新文化时，为什么会感觉像是离开水的鱼？原因之一就是我们对新文化中所使用的大部分指示信号的无知。文化冲击现象在所有到国外旅行的人身上都会发生，但有的人会比其他人的反应更强烈，明白这点很重要。 心理学家告诉我们，当人们走进一种新文化并在其中生活，会经历四个基本阶段，这个过程是当我们从一种文化进入另一种文化时大脑及个性对遇到的陌生新事物的反应方式，它有助于我们应对文化冲击。如果我们有打招呼时鞠躬行礼的习惯，那么在没有此礼节的文化中，就会觉得特别不自在；如果在我们自己的文化中，交谈的用语会受到基于对方的年龄或身份的差异而采取的礼节程度的影响，那么在新的文化环境里与人交流时也会感到不舒服。 文化冲击从“蜜月期”开始。这个阶段始于我们刚刚涉足新文化，其中的一切都非常新奇和令人兴奋。也许会受到“时差”的烦扰，但身处新的环境，看着新奇的风景，听着陌生的声音和语言，吃着新鲜的食物，会觉得异常激动。“蜜月期”可以持续一段相当长的时间，因为我们感觉这个时候就像处在伟大的探险中。 不幸的是，文化冲击的第二阶段会难过一些。当我们安顿下来开始新生活之后，整天的工作或学习，购物，洗衣，或者与寄宿家庭共同生活，我们就会觉得很累，并且开始想念祖国和家人、男/女朋友以及宠物。每个人在生活中都会遇到的诸如此类的小事情，在异国文化中似乎都变得特别大，而且很烦人。这一个阶段的文化调整会很难，而且会导致新来的人产生对新文化的排斥或欲从新文化解脱的心理。这个“排斥期”可能会相当危险，因为来访者可能就此形成一些不健康的习惯，比如抽烟和酗酒，过于在意食物及与当地人的交往等。更糟糕的是，这些坏习惯会使人生病或出现皮肤感染、皮疹等，而这些疾病又会加重惊慌、迷惘和无助的感觉。这个阶段被认为是文化调整过程中的关键时期，许多人会选择回到祖国，或者选择整天与来自相同文化背景的人呆在一起讲它们的母语。 文化冲击的第三个阶段被称为“调整期”，它开始于你意识到在新的文化里事情也并非那么糟糕之时。通常你的幽默感增强了，你也通过学会在陌生地方照顾自己，意识到了自己的强大。事情依然不容易，但你幸存下来了！ 第四个阶段叫做“最终安逸期”。现在你对所处的环境已感到很舒服，你可以应付出现的绝大多数麻烦事儿，或许你依然有语言上的问题，但你知道自己完全能应对。如果你遇到从你的国家刚来的人，你可以当新文化专家，帮助他们解决文化冲击问题。 文化冲击还有一个不为很多人所知的第五阶段“文化反冲击”。让人惊奇的是，它发生在当你回到本国文化中时，发现你变了，而且在你离开的那段时间，那里的一切也变了。现在你反而觉得回到家有点儿不自在了。生活就是奋斗！ 在文化冲击的多个时期，都会引起身体或情绪上的毛病。记住，在国外时要始终善待自己，回到家要给自己些时间做出调整，做自己最好的朋友。如果你做到了这些，祝贺你，你将成为世界公民！ Passage Two The Two Roads It was New Years Night. An aged man was standing at a window. He raised his mournful(哀痛的，令人伤心的） eyes towards the deep blue sky, where the stars were floating like white lilies on the surface of a clear calm lake. Then he cast them on the earth, where few more hopeless people than himself now moved towards their certain goal—the tomb. He had already passed sixty of the stages leading to it, and he had brought from his journey nothing but errors and remorse(懊悔，自责）. Now his health was poor, his mind vacant, his heart sorrowful, and his old age short of comforts. The days of his youth appeared like dreams before him, and he recalled the serious moment when his father placed him at the entrance of the two roads—one leading to a peaceful, sunny place, covered with flowers, fruits and resounding with(回响） soft, sweet songs; the other leading to a deep, dark cave, which was endless, where poison flowed instead of water and where devils and poisonous snakes hissed and crawled. He looked towards the sky and cried painfully, “Oh youth, return! Oh my father, place me once more at the entrance to life, and Ill choose the better way!” But both his father and the days of his youth had passed away. He was the lights flowing away in the darkness. These were the days of his wasted life; he saw a star fall from the sky and disappeared, and this was the symbol of himself. His remorse, which was like a sharp arrow, struck deeply into his heart. Then he remembered his friends in his childhood, who entered on life together with him. But they had made their way to success and were now honored and happy on this New Years night. The clock in the high church tower struck and the sound made him remember his parents early love for him. They had taught him and prayed to God for his good. But he chose the wrong way. With shame and grief he dared no longer look towards that heaven where his father lives. His darkened eyes were full of tears, and with a despairing effort, he burst out a cry: “Come back, my early days! Come back!” And his youth did return, for all this was only a dream which he had on New Years Night. He was still young though his faults were real; he had not yet entered the deep, dark cave, and he was still free to walk on the road which leads to the peaceful and sunny land. Those who still linger(徘徊） on the entrance of life, hesitating to choose the bright road, remember that when years are passed and your feet stumble on the dark mountains, you will cry bitterly, but in vain: “O youth, return! Oh give me back my early days!” Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 What are the two roads in life according to the writer? 2 How were the mans friends who entered on life together with him now? 3 What had his parents done to make him be good? 4 Did the man feel shameful and grieved for his life? Why? 5 What can you learn from this story? Passage Three Think More about What You Have One of the more pervasive(遍布的，充斥的）and destructive(破坏性的，毁灭性的） mental tendencies Ive seen is that of focusing on what we want instead of what we have. It doesnt seem to make my difference how much we have, we just keep expanding our list of desires, which guarantees(保证） we will remain dissatisfied. The mindset that says “Ill be happy” when this desire is fulfilled is the same mindset that will repeat itself once that desire is met. We want this or that. If we dont get what we want, we keep thinking about all that we dont have and we remain dissatisfied. If we do get what we want, we simply recreate the same thinking in our new circumstances. So, despite getting what we want, we still remain unhappy. Happiness cant be found when we are yearning for new desires. Luckily, there is a way to be happy. It involves changing the emphasis of our thinking from what we want to what we have. Rather than wishing you were able to take a vacation to Hawaii, think of how much fun you have had close to home. The list of possibilities is endless! Each time you notice yourself falling into the “I wish life were different” trap, back off and start over. Take a breath and remember all that you have to be grateful. When you focus not on what you want, but on what you have, you end up getting more of what you want anyway. If you focus on the good qualities of your spouse, shell be more loving. If you are grateful for your job rather than complaining about it, youll do a better job, be more productive, and probably end up getting a raise anyway. If you focus on ways to enjoy yourself around home rather than waiting to enjoy yourself in Hawaii, youll end up having more fun. If you ever do get to Hawaii, youll be in the habit of enjoying yourself. And, if by some chance you dont, you have a great life anyway. Make a note of yourself to start thinking more about what you have than what you want. If you do, your life will start appearing much better than before. For perhaps the first time in your life, youll know what it means to feel satisfied. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 focus on 2 expand 3 yearn for Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Twentyone China Wind Passage One Sounds Very Chinese The music style of “Zhong guo feng,” popularized by Jay Chou, has reversed the music market in China which was full of western style music. “Zhong guo feng,” which is literally translated as “China Wind,” features traditional Chinese instruments and Western instruments, sometimes written in the Pentatonic Scale Lyrics maybe in the form of Chinese poetry and discuss themes related with Chinese history and folklore. Each person has a different understanding about “China Wind,” which gives us a feeling: when hearing the music, you will associate it with Chinese characteristics, Chinese elements and Chinese taste. Hong Kong and Taiwan music field stirs up “China Wind” These songs with Chinesestyle are of course not the first. In the 1980s, there has been a “Northwest Wind” blowing in the Mainland. Several years ago, a singer named Dao Lang with his northwester style music was popular among Chinese. However, “China Wind” in the present Chinese music field mainly refers to Hong Kong and Taiwan musicians such as Jay Chou, David Tao, LeeHom Wang etc. After years of imitating and learning from western music like R&B and Rap, they combine these western music elements with Chinese music elements and create a new style of music. Jay: “A ‘China Wind song is a must in every of my album” “A ‘China Wind song is a must in every of my album” Jays promise is not a denial to his previous rap music, but meet the needs of current Chinese pop music market. Jays “China Wind” music such as Faraway, Chrysanthemum Terrace always top the latest music download and CRBT download charts. From Wife in his first album to Nunchakus and Dragon Fist, Jay let us know that Rap could be like this in Chinese way. Jays “China Wind” music cannot succeed without his lyricist Vincent Fang, who fill many of his melodies, such as Wife, Nunchakus, East Wind Breaks, Chrysanthemum Terrace, Faraway etc. In 2000, Chou began his singing career with his debut CD Jay. Since then, Fang has been responsible for more than half of the lyrics in all Chous albums. Although Fang receives relatively little media limelight and he is known as “Chous lyricist,” the public recognizes Fangs individual talent. Fang said, “The ancient poetry flavor in lyrics is not accidental, ones characters and value are directly shown in his works. I have possessed a strong nationalist consciousness, always concerning about the subjects about nation, tradition and culture. When this cultural consciousness is combined with music, lyrics with so called ‘China Wind’ element are naturally created. ” LeeHom Wang, David Tao continue “China Wind” LeeHom Wang and David Taos songs accelerate the development of “China Wind” music, showing that “China Wind” is not Jay Chous personal preference. Taos “Susan Said” in 2005 involved traditional Chinese opera element, which associate this R&B singer with Beijing Opera. LeeHoms new album has two “China Wind” songs as follow: Zai Mei Bian(whose idea is from Kunqu Opera“ The Peony Pavilion”) and Hua Tian Cuo (which has a Beijing Opera background). Actually, the predecessor of LeeHoms song Hua Tian Cuo is Beijing Opera. The song which uses as much as 9 musical instrumentsis unlike the previous “China Wind” songs which only add some Chinese music instruments or Chinese poetry. The song is even sung in the way of Beijing Opera. Different ways of singing, such as Rap singing, R&B singing, Beijing Opera singing are integrated in this album. In the previous “China Wind” music, lyrics play a major part, but in this album, singing is the protagonist. Worries about “China Wind” Jay Chou, LeeHom Wang and David Tao perfectly combine the long history of China and pop music and announce that—only that which is the nations, then will be the worlds. But at the same time, we should pay attention to their experiences: Tao moved to US when he was a teenager; LeeHom is an ABC; Jay studied classical piano from a young age. Western music has big impact on them, whose experiences cannot be copied. Their successors, such as JJ Lin and Kenji Wu, are following them lack of any innovation. While in the Mainland, because of the immature music market, musicians cannot accurately grasp the development of “Chinese and Western Combination.” “China Wind” also warn us that in the process of learning from western music, we should know and respect our national music. Otherwise, there will be more and more copying and plagiarism. New Words and Expressions 1 reverse v. 颠倒，逆转 2 Lyrics n. 歌词 3 folklore n. 民间风俗，民间传说 4 element n. 成分，元素 5 imitate v. 模仿，伪造 6 album n. 专辑，集邮本，相片簿，唱片簿 7 denial n. 否认，拒绝 8 chart n. 图表 9 melody n. 旋律，曲调10 debut v. 初次演出 11 limelight n. 聚光灯，舞台生涯 12 accelerate v. 加速 13 integrate v. 整合，使……成为整体 14 protagonist n. 主唱，主角 15 successor n. 继承者，接任者 16 innovation n. 创新，革新 17 immature a. 不成熟的 18 plagiarism n. 剽窃，抄袭 Notes 1 Pentatonic Scale：五声音阶，由五个音构成的音阶。多用于民族音乐的调式。我国的传统音乐，大部分是建立在中国五声音阶上，五声音阶的唱名分别是宫、商、角、徵、羽。 2 Chrysanthemum Terrace：《菊花台》，周杰伦的歌曲名。 3 CRBT：Coloring Ring Back Tone，彩铃业务，也称个性化回铃音业务。 4 Nunchakus：《双截棍》，周杰伦的歌曲名。 5 The Peony Pavilion：《牡丹亭》，明朝剧作家汤显祖的代表作之一，共55出，描写杜丽娘和柳梦梅的爱情故事。 6 ABC：Americanborn Chinese，在美国出生的中国人。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 Which song is not mentioned in the passage? A. Grandfathers Tea B. West ChamberC. Faraway D. Hua Tian Cuo 2 “China Wind” in the present Chinese music field mainly refers to . A. northeast musicians B. northwest musicians C. mainland musicians D. Hong Kong and Taiwan musicians 3 It can be learned from the passage that . A. which is the worlds, then will be the nations B. lyrics play a major part in Hua Tian Cuo C. we should know and respect our national music D. in spite of our national music, we will be more and more innovative 4 Which of the following experience made the musicians less innovative? A. Moving to US when they were teenagers. B. Grown up in Taiwan. C. Born and grew up in America. D. Studying classical piano from a young age. 5 We can learn from the passage that China Wind was popularized by . A. Kenji Wu B. JJ Lin C. Jay Chou D. LeeHom Wang Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 Ones characters and value are directly shown in his works. () 2 Jay let us know that Rap could not be in Chinese way. () 3 “China Wind” is not Jay Chous personal preference. () 4 The author encourages the Chinese musicians to combine these western music elements with Chinese music elements. () 5 The pop singer Dao Lang is in a strong northeast style. 译文 流行乐坛刮起中国风 周杰伦刮起的“中国风”，颠覆了充满西方音乐风格的华语乐坛。 中国风直译成英文是 “China Wind”，其特点是同时采用中国传统乐器和西方乐器，有时使用五声音阶编写。歌词可能采用中国诗歌的形式并以中国历史和民间传说为主题。每个人心里都有一个中国风，它给人一种感受：一听到这些乐曲就会联想到中国特色，中国元素，中国味道。 港台涌动中国风 这些中国风格的歌曲当然不是首创。20世纪80年代曾经在大陆刮起过一场“西北风”，前两年西北风格的歌手刀郎受到了中国观众的欢迎。不过，目前在华语乐坛刮起的中国风，主要是指以周杰伦、陶喆、王力宏等港台音乐人在多年模仿与借鉴纯西方的R&B(节奏布鲁斯）和Rap(说唱音乐）后，结合中华民族的音乐元素营造出的新的音乐形式。 周杰伦：“我每张专辑里一定要有一首中国风” “我每张专辑里一定要有一首中国风”，周杰伦的承诺不是对其原先说唱音乐的否定，而是对当下华语流行乐坛需求的迎合。周杰伦的中国风音乐如《千里之外》、《菊花台》总是在最新的网络音乐下载和彩铃下载排行榜上名列前茅。从第一张专辑里的《娘子》到《双截棍》和《龙拳》，周杰伦让我们知道原来说唱乐还可以以这种很中国的方式演唱。 周杰伦中国风音乐的成功离不开他的歌词作者——方文山。他为周杰伦的很多歌曲创作了歌词，如《娘子》、《双截棍》、《爷爷泡的茶》、《东风破》、《菊花台》、《千里之外》等。2000年，周杰伦以首张专辑《Jay》开始了他的歌唱生涯，从那时起方文山就担任了周杰伦所有专辑中半数以上歌曲的作词工作。虽然方文山较少受到媒体的关注，并且大家对他的了解也仅仅是“周杰伦的歌词作者”而已，但他的才能得到了公众的认可。他说：“这些歌词中浓厚的古典诗词韵味并不是偶然产生的，作品能够直接反映一个人的性格和价值观。一直以来我就是一个民族意识很重的人，长期关注跟民族、传统、文化相关联的主题。当我的这种文化意识跟音乐相结合起来时，所谓‘中国风’的歌词就自然而然地孕育出来了。” 王力宏、陶吉吉：继续掀起中国风 王力宏、陶喆的歌曲加速了“中国风”的发展，说明中国风并非周杰伦的个人喜好。陶喆2005年的《苏三说》包含了传统的中国戏曲元素，将京剧和这位R＆B歌手联系起来。王力宏的新专辑中有两首中国风的歌曲，分别是取材于昆曲《牡丹亭》的《在梅边》和有京剧背景的《花田错》。 事实上，王力宏《花田错》的前身是一出京剧。不像以往的中国风歌曲只是加些中国乐器作曲或用中国诗词作词而已，这首歌用了多达9种乐器，甚至采用了京剧的唱法。说唱、R&B唱腔、京剧唱腔都融合在这张专辑中。在以往中国风音乐中，歌词是主角，但在这首歌中，唱腔变成了主角。 中国风刮出的忧虑 周杰伦、王力宏、陶喆完美地将中国的悠久历史与流行音乐结合起来，向乐坛宣布——只有民族的才是世界的。但同时我们应该注意到他们的个人经历：陶喆十几岁就到美国读书，王力宏更是在美国出生的ABC，周杰伦从小学习古典钢琴。西方音乐肯定对他们有巨大的影响，这些经历是不可复制的。他们的后继者如林俊杰、吴克群等，虽然看似也在走着和他们相同的道路，但缺少开拓性。而内地的中国风则更因为自身音乐市场的不成熟，音乐人们无法把握“中西合璧”的准确脉搏。 中国风的说法警告我们，在学习西方流行音乐的同时，我们应该认识并尊重自己的民族音乐，否则只会有越来越多的拷贝和抄袭出现。 Passage Two Feng Shui Theory and Feng Shui Tools What is Feng Shui? This is a simple question that can be difficult to answer. Feng Shui is an ancient art and science developed over 3,000 years ago in China. It is a complex body of knowledge that reveals(显示，透露）how to balance the energies of any given space to assure the health and good fortune for people inhabiting(居住于，栖息）it. Various comments and disputes(争论） abound about the topic of Feng Shui with some considering it an integrated(集成的，组合的） science, combining longtime perceptions(认识，观念） of the environment, geography, and health, while some believe it is nothing more than just superstition(迷信）, hindering(阻碍，打扰） Chinese innovation in construction and interior(内部的，室内的） design. “Feng” means “wind” and “shui” means “water.” In Chinese culture gentle wind and clear water have always been associated with good harvest and good health, thus “good feng shui” came to mean good livelihood and fortune, while “bad feng shui” came to mean hardship and misfortune. Feng Shui is based on the Taoist vision and understanding of nature, particularly on the idea that the land is alive and filled with energy. The ancient Chinese believed that the lands energy could either make or break the kingdom, so to speak. The theories of yin and yang, as well as the five feng shui elements, are some of the basic aspects of a feng shui analysis that come from Taoism(道教）. The main tools used in a feng shui analysis are the Compass and the BaGua. The BaGua is an octagonal grid containing the symbols of the I Ching (The Book of Changes，《易经》), the ancient oracle on which Feng Shui is based. Knowing the Bagua of your home will help you understand the connection of specific feng shui areas of your home to specific areas of your life. The feng shui compass(指南针）, also called lopan, is used to access deeper information about a site or a building. It consists of bands of concentric(同中心的） rings arranged around the magnetic needle. “Lo” means “everything” and “pan” means “bowl”, which can be interpreted as the key to the mysteries of the universe. It is important to understand that there are several different schools of feng shui, as well as a strong culturally specific symbolic aspect of feng shui that you have to use intelligently. Once you master the basic level of feng shui, you will start seeing powerful results, and will understand why feng shui is extensively used in both home and business environments all over the world. Feng Shui offers a variety of feng shui cures to improve your life. From the feng shui use of aquariums (水族馆，玻璃缸） to attract prosperity to the feng shui use of crystals and fountains, from the right feng shui use of colors to the feng shui use of clocks, there are many ways you can improve the energy in your home with feng shui. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 When was Feng Shui first studied in China? 2 How many Feng Shui Tools are mentioned in the passage? What are they? 3 What is the purpose of studying Feng Shui? 4 What is gentle wind and clear water associated with in Chinese culture? 5 What religious vision is Feng Shui based on? Passage Three Give the Enemy a Ray of Hope In 206 B.C., Cao Cao (155—220), a great statesman, artist of war and man of letters, led his army to attack the city of Huguan. As the city was strategically located and very difficult to access, Caos army could not take it in spite of great efforts. Cao got extremely outraged(震惊的，义愤填膺的）and said, “Once I get into the city, I will have all those in it buried alive.” Soon his words were spread throughout the city. As the defenders in the city feared that it would really happen to them, they waged(开展战争、运动等）a desperate resistance. As a result, Caos army found it even harder to win the battle. They made months of attempts to get in but in vain. Cao became more uneasy and consulted with his generals for a scheme(方案，计划）. At a meeting, General Cao Ren rose from his seat and said, “The art of war tells us that we should not put the enemy in too tight a ring that the enemy should be left a way to survive. But now we have been trapping our enemy in a deadly corner. Whats more, you have declared to have them all buried alive. This will only make them battle desperately against us, for they would rather fight to death than be buried alive. As I estimate, the enemy has almost run out of supplies. If we now give them a ray of hope by leaving an open in the ring, they are very likely to surrender(投降，自首）to us, for they would rather survive than fight to death for nothing.” Cao Cao thought the idea quite sensible and ordered to do as the general said. As had been expected, the defending troops in the city soon crossed over to Caos side. The city was finally seized without a cruel fight. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 strategically 2 resistance 3 sensible Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Twentytwo Biography Passage One The A—Z of Barack Obama Senator Barack Obama has gained the support of enough delegates to capture the Democratic U.S. presidential nomination on June 3 and become the first black presidential nominee in American history. A is for Stanley Ann Dunham, Obamas mother, who grew up the daughter of an oilrig worker in small town Kansas. B is for Barack Snr, Obamas father, who was born into a Muslim family in the small African village of NyangomaKogelo in Kenya and grew up herding goats. C is for Chicago, the city that Obama calls home, and where he took his first job with a church group. Also for Chilli, the dish Obama says he cooks best. D is for Dreams from my Father, Obamas first bestselling book. D is also for drunk — the state that Barack Snr was in when he died in a car crash in August 1982. E is for emails. Hostile messages are still circulating on the internet claiming that Obama (middle name: Hussein) is a Muslim and a jihadi sympathiser opposed to the American way of life. F is for the number five — Obama was only the fifth AfricanAmerican in US history to become a Senator. He now seems certain to be the first black candidate to run for President on a major party ticket. G is for garden. Extending his, through a murky landdeal involving his fundraiser Tony Rezko (see R), was a “boneheaded mistake,” Obama has admitted. H is for Hawaii, where Obamas parents met at university. Obama was born on August 4, 1961 and spent his first six years in Honolulu, though his parents split up when he was two. I is for Indonesia, where Obama moved after his mother briefly remarried, to oil manager Lolo Soetoro. J is for Jakarta, where Obama went to school until he was ten. J is also for the Reverend Jeremiah Wright, the black Chicago church pastor who baptized the Obama children. Obama disowned him after his racetinged rants threatened to alienate white voters. K is for Kenya, the country where Obamas grandfather was a domestic servant to the British. Also for Dennis Kucinich, the nohope Democratic contender that Obama accidentally voted for in the Illinois primary. L is for Leo, Obamas star sign. Also for Luo, his familys tribal heritage in Kenya. M is for Michelle LaVaughn Robinson, who he married on October 3, 1992, and Malia, their elder daughter, and also for Maya Kassandra Soetoro, the halfsister with whom he grew up. N is for Nadhmi Auchi, the BritishIraqi billionaire who lent ＄35million to Obamas fundraiser Tony Rezko in the weeks before Obama bought a grand house in Chicago (see R). O is for ovarian cancer, the disease which killed Obamas mother in 1995 — “in many ways one of the most spirituallyawakened people I have ever known.” Also for Oprah, one of Obamas most influential supporters. P is for poker, which Obama claims is his hidden talent. Q is for quitting smoking, something Obama says he used to do regularly. R is for Tony Rezko, Obamas friend and political fundraiser, who negotiated the ＄35million loan from Mr Auchi. Rezko was indicted for fraud and extortion in 2006. S is for Sarah, Obamas paternal stepgrandmother, who is in her 80s and still lives on the family farm in Kenya. Also for Springfield, the small town in Illinois where he declared his candidacy on February 10, 2007. T is for The Audacity of Hope, Obamas second bestselling book, which took its title from a sermon by Rev Jeremiah Wright (see J). U is for “a little mini United Nations,” the way Obama describes his family. “Ive got relatives who look like Bernie Mac, and Ive got relatives who look like Margaret Thatcher. Weve got it all.” V is for victory — Obama finally passed the magic number of 2,118 delegates last night (June 3), and told a rally in St Pauls, Minnesota: “America, this is our moment.” W is for Wisconsin, the state where Michelle Obama controversially remarked in February that “for the first time in my adult life, I am proud of my country because it feels like hope is finally making a comeback.” X is for David Axelrod, the brilliant political strategist whom Obama first enlisted in 2002 to help him run for the Senate. Y is for youth — the ability to inspire young people to vote has been key to his success. Z is for JayZ, the rapper whose song 99 Problems caused a stir at an Obama rally in January. Analysts thought it was a reference to Hillary Clinton New Words and Expressions 1 senator n. 参议员 2 nominee n. 候选人，被提名人 3 Muslim n. 穆斯林，回教 4 circulate v. 流通，循环，传播 5 jihadi n. 圣战分子，伊斯兰极端分子 6 murky ad. 黑暗的，朦胧的，含糊的 7 baptize v. 给……施洗礼，命名 8 racetinged 带有种族色彩的 9 rant n. 咆哮，激昂的演说 10 alienate v. 使疏远，离间 11 star sign n. 星座 12 grand ad. 宏伟的，壮丽的，盛大的 13 ovarian cancer 卵巢癌 14 negotiate v. 商议，谈判，交涉 15 candidacy n. 候选人资格，候选人地位 16 sermon v. 布道，说教 17 controversially ad. 有争议地，争论地 18 stir n. 轰动，搅动 19 rally n. 集合；聚会 Notes 1 Barack Obama：全名为Barack Hussein Obama, Jr. 即小贝拉克·侯赛因·奥巴马。奥巴马继承了父亲的全名：贝拉克·侯赛因·奥巴马。为区别于小奥巴马，通常将其父亲写为Barack Hussein Obama, Sr. 英文中，当父子同名时，可以在姓名的后面附上 senior、junior。如果孙子也有同样的名字，需要附上 “the third”(第三个），“the fourth”(第四个）等。senior、junior 缩写为：Snr.、Jnr.或者是 Sr.、Jr.，孙子等用罗马数字写：III、IV 等。 2 Democratic U.S. presidential nomination：民主党总统候选人提名。在总统选举年的6月，各政党由各州选派代表参加全国代表大会，在会议上提名总统候选人。通过个别投票方式选举本党的总统候选人，得到多数票的候选人将最终获得本党总统候选人的提名。美国虽然大小党派约有15个，但在国内政治及社会生活中起重大作用的只有共和党(Republican Party）与民主党(Democratic Party），其实是一个两党制的社会。 3 Tony Rezko：托尼·雷兹科，奥巴马的筹资人。《泰晤士报》披露英籍伊拉克亿万富翁纳达米·奥奇(Nadhmi Auchi）曾经在一次“轻率的”土地交易之前“借给”托尼·雷兹科350万美元。三周后奥巴马在芝加哥市南侧购买了一栋豪宅，而雷兹科的妻子也于同一天从同一个销售商手中买下一小块与奥巴马家相邻的花园地皮。雷兹科夫人所买的那块园地迄今依然空着，但是奥巴马强调说他从未使用过这块土地——尽管只有从他的住宅才能够通往这块草地。但是奥巴马同时承认，他曾经付费给自己的园丁，请他修理这块草坪。七个月之后，奥巴马并从雷兹科夫人手中转购了一小块10英尺宽的狭条，这样他自己的花园就更大了。奥巴马现在承认他卷入这笔土地交易是一个“愚蠢的错误”。 4 Jeremiah Wright：杰里米亚·赖特，奥巴马的教父，发表了许多具有强烈争议性的言论，包括中东冲突不是源于伊斯兰教的仇恨，而是根源于以色列的行动；美国和以色列都是恐怖主义；“911”恐怖袭击是上帝在谴责美国；美国是一个被有钱白人控制的社会，谁会在乎贫穷黑人的日常生活。他的言论被媒体与网络广为流传，成为外界攻击奥巴马的议题。奥巴马强调，其言论与自己的竞选完全对立。 5 Dennis Kucinich：丹尼斯·库钦奇，美国民主党总统参选人、俄亥俄州联邦众议员，在新罕布什尔州举行的总统初选中因仅获1%的投票出局。据规定，候选人在每个选区至少都要有百分之十五的支持率，才算有效候选人，否则支持者可以改选其他人，而库钦奇就呼吁自己的支持者，若他不能过关，便改选奥巴马。 6 Oprah Winfrey：欧普拉·温芙蕾，黑人女性，美国脱口秀节目女王，奥巴马的支持者。 7 Hillary Clinton：希拉里·克林顿，前总统克林顿之妻，参议员，民主党总统参选人。6月3日，奥巴马获得民主党总统候选人提名，而希拉里以200多名代表之差落败。希拉里正式宣布停止竞选，将全力支持奥巴马成为下届总统。她还呼吁自己的支持者加入奥巴马阵营，以迎接来自共和党竞争对手麦凯恩的挑战。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 Besides Barack Obama, how many AfricanAmericans have been elected to the United States Senate? A. none B. one C. two D. four 2 Which country is Barack Obamas father from? A. The United States B. Nigeria C. Kenya D. Tanzania 3 Who was disowned by Obama? A. Tony Rezko B. Lolo Soetoro C. Jeremiah WrightD. Nadhmi Auchi 4 Where did Obama get his first work? A. Springfield B. Chicago C. HonoluluD. St Pauls 5 In which state did Obama declared himself the Democratic U.S. presidential nominee? A. Wisconsin B. Hawaii C. Illinois D. Minnesota Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 Hostile messages are still circulating on the internet claiming that Obama is a Christian and a jihadi sympathiser opposed to the American way of life. () 2 Obama moved to Indonesia when he was two after his parents split up, where Obamas mother briefly remarried, to an oil manager Lolo Soetoro. () 3 Dennis Kucinich accidentally voted for Obama in the Illinois primary. () 4 The disease which killed Obamas grandmother was ovarian cancer. () 5 David Axelrod is a brilliant political strategist whom Obama first enlisted in 2002 to help him run for the Senate. 译文 关于奥巴马的26个字母 六月三日，参议员巴拉克·奥巴马赢得了足够数量代表的支持，获得民主党总统候选人提名，同时也成为了美国历史上第一位黑人总统候选人。 A——代表奥巴马的母亲斯坦利·安·邓纳姆(Ann)。她是堪萨斯州一个小镇上钻塔石油工人的女儿。 B——代表奥巴马的父亲老巴拉克(Barack Snr)。他出生在非洲国家肯尼亚的一个小村庄中，并在那里长大，以牧羊为生。 C——代表芝加哥(Chicago)。奥巴马称这里为自己的家，他在那里的一个教会组织找到了第一份工作。此外C还代表红辣椒(Chilli)，据说是奥巴马的拿手好菜。 D——代表奥巴马第一本畅销书《父亲的梦想》(Dreams from my Father)。同时也代表酗酒(drunk)，1982年8月，奥巴马的父亲巴贝拉克因为酒后驾车，发生事故身亡。 E——代表电子邮件(emails)。网络上流传着一些怀着敌意的信息，声称奥巴马是个穆斯林，并且是反对美国生活方式的圣战分子的支持者，因为奥巴马的名字中间有“侯赛因”这个姓。 F——代表数字五(five)。奥巴马是美国历史上第五个成为参议员的非洲裔美国人。现在他获得了绝大多数人的支持，也是第一个竞选总统的黑人竞选人。 G——代表花园(garden)。延伸为奥巴马的募资经理托尼·雷兹科参与的黑暗的土地交易(参见字母R）。奥巴马已经承认，这是一种“笨蛋”行为。 H——代表夏威夷(Hawaii)。奥巴马的父母就是在当地大学中遇到对方的。奥巴马于1961年8月4日出生，尽管他的父母在他两岁的时候就分开了，但是他还是在夏威夷首府檀香山生活了六年。 I——代表印尼(Indonesia)。在母亲很快再婚嫁给印尼的石油经理苏托罗后，奥巴马与母亲搬到了印尼。 J——代表雅加达(Jakarta)。奥巴马在那里开始上学，直到10岁。J还代表他的黑人牧师杰里米亚·赖特(Jeremiah Wright），他为奥巴马的孩子进行了洗礼。但为了在总统提名战中胜出，奥巴马已经与频频发表带有种族色彩的激昂演说威胁白色人种选举人的这位牧师“决裂”。 K——代表肯尼亚(Kenya)，那是奥巴马祖父生活的地方，他的祖父曾经是英国政府的雇佣工。K也代表丹尼斯·库钦奇(Dennis Kucinich)，这个已经无望提名的民主党候选人，意外地在伊利诺伊州初选中得到了奥巴马的一票。 L——代表奥巴马的星座狮子座(Leo)。也代表着卢奥民族或卢奥语(Luo)，是其肯尼亚家族部落的遗产。 M——代表1992年10月3日与他结婚的妻子米歇尔(Michelle LaVaughn Robinson)和他们的长女玛丽雅(Malia)，也代表和奥巴马一起成长的同母异父的妹妹马娅(Maya Kassandra Soetoro)。 N——代表英籍伊拉克亿万富翁纳达米·奥奇(Nadhmi Auchi)。在奥巴马在芝加哥购买一套豪华别墅几周前，他曾借350万美元给奥巴马的募资经理托尼·雷兹科(参见字母R）。 O——代表卵巢癌(ovarian cancer)，1995年，奥巴马的母亲因患卵巢癌去世，奥巴马评论其母亲“在很多方面来看，她都是我所知道的意识最觉醒的人之一”。O还代表欧普拉·温芙蕾(Oprah)，她是奥巴马最有影响力的支持者之一。 P——代表纸牌游戏(poker)，奥巴马声称那是他的隐藏天赋。 Q——代表戒烟(quitting smoking)，奥巴马说这是他过去经常做的一件事情。 R——还是代表奥巴马的募资经理托尼·雷兹科(Rezko)。他是奥巴马的老朋友兼募资经理，他从亿万富翁纳达米·奥奇那里为奥巴马借了350万美元。2006年，雷兹科被指控犯有诈骗和勒索罪。 S——代表奥巴马的继祖母莎拉(Sarah），如今她已80岁高龄了，依然生活在肯尼亚农场中。S还代表伊利诺伊州小镇斯普林菲尔德(Springfield），2007年2月10日，奥巴马就是从这里宣布开始竞选总统候选人资格的。 T——代表奥巴马第二本畅销书《大无畏的希望》(The Audacity of Hope)，据说这本书的书名来自奥巴马牧师赖特的布道(参见字母J）。 U——代表奥巴马对自己家庭的描述：“一个袖珍联合国”(a little mini United Nations)。他说：“我有的亲戚像喜剧明星伯尼·迈克，有的看起来像撒切尔夫人，简直什么样的人都有。” V——代表胜利(victory)。奥巴马6月3日晚上获得了2118个代表的支持投票，在明尼苏达州圣保罗市的集会中宣称：“美国，这一刻是我们的。” W——代表威斯康星州(Wisconsin)。奥巴马的妻子米歇尔因于2月份在威斯康辛州宣称“这是我成年后第一次为我的国家感到自豪，因为它的希望终于回来了”而备受争议。 X——代表大卫·艾素罗德(David Axelrod)，他是2002年奥巴马第一个征募的杰出的政治战略家，以帮助他赢得参议员席位。 Y——代表年轻人(youth)。鼓励年轻人投票的能力是奥巴马取得成功的一个关键因素。 Z——代表著名说唱歌手JayZ。他的名为《99个问题》的歌曲给奥巴马阵营带来一系列震动。分析家们认为他可能暗指希拉里。 Passage Two William Shakespeare Of all the famous English writers, probably the best known is William Shakespeare. He was born in StratforduponAvon in 1564 on April the 23rd. His father was an important man in town so Shakespeare had a good upbringing(教养，抚育）. Shakespeare probably went to school (although no records survive to prove this) but not university. He got married when he was 18 to Anne Hathaway and the couple had 3 children. Shakespeare wrote 38 plays and 154 sonnets (十四行诗）. He began working in his home town of Stratford but by 1592 was writing in London. He became rich enough to buy a house in the capital and one in Stratford. He wrote sad stories called tragedies(悲剧）, like Romeo and Juliet, funny stories or comedies(喜剧）, romantic stories and stories about historical figures such as Julius Caesar(朱利尤斯·恺撒）. Shakespeare died on his birthday in 1616, almost 400 years ago. But why is his work still popular today? His work looked at common human themes, such as betrayal(背叛）, murder, lust(贪欲，色欲）, power, ambition(雄心，野心）and love. These themes are as much a part of human nature today as they were all those years ago and are the themes we see in modern soap operas(肥皂剧） and Hollywood films. Even though his theatre, The Globe, burned down in 1613 it was rebuilt in London in 1997 and you can still see his plays performed there today. Shakespeares influence on the English language can still be felt today. We talk about “fair play”(公平竞争）, meaning honest behaviour but this phrase was first used by Shakespeare. He coined(杜撰）the phrase “you can have too much of a good thing”. And it was Shakespeare who came up with the expression to disappear “into thin air” which we still use today when we lose something. Shakespeares work has been translated into every major language in the world. And perhaps well still be as fascinated(被强烈吸引的） by his work 400 years from now as weve been for the last 400 Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 Who is probably the best known of all the famous English writers? 2 How many pieces of work did he wrote in all？ 3 About how many centuries were passed before his theatre was rebuilt? 4 What were the themes in his work? 5 Write down the phrase which Shakespeare coined. Passage Three Soong Chingling Soong Chingling (January 27, 1893—May 29, 1981), also known as Madame Sun Yatsen(孙中山）, was one of the Soong sisters—three sisters who were, along with their husbands, among Chinas most significant political figures of the early 20th century. She was born to the wealthy businessman and missionary (传教士）Charlie Soong in Nanshi (a part of presentday Huangpu District), Shanghai, attended McTyeire School for Girls in Shanghai, and graduated from Wesleyan College in Macon, Georgia, the United States. She married Sun Yatsen in Japan on October 25, 1915; he had previously been married to Lu Muzhen. Chinglings parents greatly opposed (反对）the match, as Dr. Sun was 26 years her senior (年长者）. After Suns death in 1925, she was elected to the Kuomintang (KMT) Central Executive Committee (国民党中央执行委员会）in 1926 However, she exiled (放逐，流放） herself to Moscow after the expulsion of the Communists from the KMT in 1927 She became the first female Chairman and President of the Peoples Republic of China. Although Soong reconciled with the KMT during the SinoJapanese War (1937—1945), she sided with the Communists in the Chinese Civil War. She did not join the party but rather was part of the united front heading up the Revolutionary Committee of the Kuomintang. Soong Chingling accompanied Sun Yatsen in 1924 on his final trip to Beijing. In 1939, she founded the China Defense League, which later became the China Welfare(福利，社会保障）Institute. The committee worked for peace and justice, and now focuses on maternal(母亲的）and pediatric (儿童的，儿科的） healthcare, preschool education, and other childrens issues. In the early 1950s, she founded the magazine, China Reconstructs, now known as China Today, with the help of Israel Epstein. This magazine is published monthly in 6 languages (Chinese, English, French, German, Arabic and Spanish). After the establishment of the Peoples Republic of China, she became the Vice Chair of the Peoples Republic of China (now translated as “Vice President”), Head of the SinoSoviet Friendship Association and Honorary President of the AllChina Womens Federation. In 1951 she was awarded the Stalin Peace Prize(斯大林和平奖）, and in 1953 a collection of her writings, Struggle for New China, was published. From 1968 to 1972 she acted jointly with Dong Biwu as head of state. On May 16, 1981, two weeks before her death, she was admitted to the Communist Party and was named Honorary President of the Peoples Republic of China. She is the only person ever to hold this title. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 previously 2 expulsion 3 reconcile Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Twentythree Motion Picture Passage One Hollywoods Role in the War on Terror Terrorism has become a popular subject in the entertainment media, from books to movies to television shows. It is reported that nearly five years after the 2001 terror attacks on the United States, Hollywood is focusing on terrorism. After the terror attacks of September 2001, filmmakers are reluctant to tackle the subject of terrorism, says Anne Thompson, Deputy Film Editor for The Hollywood Reporter newspaper. She says whenever theres a really tough disaster that upsets people a lot, it takes a while for filmmakers in Hollywood to catch up. And sometimes theyre afraid that audiences wont be ready. But for whatever reason despite very, very good reviews, people are seeing “United Flight 93,” which opened and is moving its way out of theaters already in the year 2006 Four planes were hijacked on September 11, 2001 Three of them reached their targets in New York and Washington. The film “United Flight 93” is the story of the fourth, which crashed in Pennsylvania Jonathan Taplin of the Annenberg School for Communication at the University of Southern California says the crop of current films aims at realism Mr. Taplin knows Hollywood well. He is a producer who has worked on such films as “Mean Streets,” “The Last Waltz” and “To Die For” He agrees whether a movie like “Munich” or a movie like “Syriana,” even most recently “United Flight 93”, all attempt to portray the terrorists with a little bit of nuance, in a way that we could understand that they have their own reasons for doing what theyre doing. And its not such a clichéd caricature as it used to be. But can filmmakers go too far in creating understandable characters? Some critics say Steven Spielberg did that in his recent film “Munich,” which shows Israels retaliation for the murders of 11 Israeli athletes by Palestinian terrorists at the 1972 Munich Olympics. Israeli agents set out to track down and assassinate those responsible. Jonathan Taplin says Spielberg is criticized for showing the motivation and human costs on both sides of the story. Taplin thinks that Spielberg has an important attempt on his part to show the two sides of the question, which were filled with a sense of resolve and a sense of purpose. Analysts say that terrorists use violence, and the media, to get across a message, and their goal is political change. Some feel the media should not make he terrorists job easier. Others say law enforcement can also profit from what the media does. Lieutenant John Sullivan of the Los Angeles Sheriffs Department is Director of the National Terrorism Early Warning Resource Center. He says political violence is not new, and that history teaches that terrorists are seldom able to topple society. He believes terrorism at its core is political violence, which is designed to send a message and develop a following. The media is important in understanding what the terrorists are trying to communicate and what the appropriate level of government response is. Terrorism is a weapon of the weak. The media can allow people to put terrorism into the proper balance. Terrorism only causes great political change when theres overreaction or improper reaction by governmental authorities. Producer Jonathan Taplin says films such as “United 93” can convey in a paradoxical way the differing perspectives of the terrorists and their victims. In his opinion, the most striking scene in “United 93” is a scene at the very height of the crisis, where audiences cut between the Americans praying to their god in the cabin as the plane is plunging downward and the Arabs who have taken over the plane praying to their god. And its literally cutting back and forth between these two sets of prayers. He says, ironically, they are praying to the same God. Hollywood films are not meant to educate. Studios want to make money and writers and directors want to tell a story. But terrorism expert John Sullivan says movies can inform, and still make a profit. He says he doesnt think that making money, educating and assessing the issues, and entertaining are necessarily mutually exclusive. People can do all of them. He suspects to truly educate in a democratic society. It needs to be entertaining, so people will be engaged and watch it. Anne Thompson of the Hollywood Reporter says Hollywood will continue addressing different topics including terrorism. She praises that Hollywood are doing it. She really disagrees with critics who suggest that the subject of 9/11 is not something that filmmaking should be a part of, as if it were somehow protected from view. She says the subject of terrorism requires a dialogue that Hollywood is helping to foster. New Words and Expressions 1 tackle v. 触及 2 nuance n. 细微差别 3 retaliation n. 报复；复仇 4 clichéd n. 陈词滥调 5 caricature n. 用漫画表现；讽刺 6 assassinate v. 暗杀 7 lieutenant n. 中尉 8 topple v. 使……垮台 Notes 1 Pennsylvania：在美国五十州内，列第三十三位。州府：哈立斯堡。 2 realism： 现实主义是文学批评和文学研究中最常见的术语之一。就西欧说，现实主义是从文艺复兴到十九世纪这一特定历史时期形成的一种文艺思潮和创作方法，也是西欧资产阶级登上历史舞台以及确立政治统治时期出现的一种文学现象。 3 Mean Streets; The Last Waltz; To Die For 电影名：《穷街陋巷》、《最后的华尔兹》《爱的机密》 4 Munich：电影名：《慕尼黑》。斯皮尔伯格在接受《时代》杂志的采访中说：“我拍摄这部影片的目的是为了和平。”新片重现了1972年慕尼黑奥运会中那场血腥的屠杀。以色列的11位运动员在运动会期间，被极端恐怖主义组织分子绑架并杀害。这一天被称为是奥运史上“最黑暗的一天”。 5 Syriana：电影名：《叙利亚》政治惊悚片。此片还有多个名字，谍中谍、CIA 实录、荒漠独行、石油迷经。Syriana这个词，来自Syrian叙利亚，是美国对中东的政治热点地区的统称，就像我们说的“亚太地区”一样。 6 Palestinian and Israel：以色列和巴勒斯坦的问题可以说是一个由宗教、民族与领土等问题相互纠缠在一起的历史遗留问题。 两国从原来单纯的宗教冲突已上升为政治和民族冲突，这也是历史的必然。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 Which is Not true about the reason why the filmmakers were reluctant to tackle the subject of terrorism after the terror attacks on the United States？ A. Because there is no profit. B. Because it will take time for them to accept the reality. C. Because they are afraid that the audiences wont be ready to face. D. Because they are upset. 2 What is the meaning of the word “paradoxical”? A. ironicalB. serious C. ridiculousD. unreasonable 3 Which one is not true about United Flight 93? A. The film is about a true story. B. It has opened and is moving its way out if theaters. C. It conveys in a serious way the differing perspectives of the terrorists and their victims. D. It attempts to portray the terrorists with a little bit of nuance. 4 The main idea of the article is that. A. Hollywood is focusing on terrorism B. Hollywood is helping to foster a dialogue about the terrorism C. Hollywood wants to make money and educate people D. Hollywood will continue addressing difficult topics 5 Which one is not true about “the media”? A. The media is important in understanding what the appropriate level of government response is. B. The media can allow people to put terrorism into the proper balance. C. The media should not make the terrorists job easier. D. The media can be used by the terrorists to topple society. Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 The filmmakers focused on the terrorism after the 2001 terror attacks on the United States. () 2 United Flight 93 was one of the four planes which hijacked on September 11, 2001 () 3 The current films aim at realism. () 4 Hollywood films are not meant to make money but to educate. () 5 Spielberg was criticized for showing the motivations and human costs on both side of the story. 译文 好莱坞在反恐战争中担当的角色 从书刊到电影和电视节目秀，恐怖主义已成为娱乐媒体的流行话题。据报道，在2001年美国的恐怖袭击后约5年时间里，好莱坞的焦点在向恐怖主义集中。 好莱坞记者报的电影编辑安妮·汤普森说2001年9月恐怖袭击之后，电影制作商们很不情愿触及恐怖主义的话题。 她说如果某个时间确实发生了一起重大灾难让人们感到沮丧，对好莱坞的电影制作人来说要花一点时间慢慢接受。有时候他们也担心观众还没做好准备。但是，无论什么原因，是收到非常积极的评论还是别的，在2006年我们会看到《93号航班》这部电影，它已经上映并且影响已经超出了电影院之外。2001年9月11日有4架飞机被劫持，其中三架撞向了他们在纽约和华盛顿的目标。电影《93号航班》就是关于在宾西法尼亚州坠毁的第四架飞机的故事。 南加州大学安能柏格传播学院的Jonathan Taplin说，现在的电影描写的主要是现实主义。Taplin熟知好莱坞，他是一名制片人。他曾经在一些电影如《穷街陋巷》、《最后的华尔兹》和《爱的机密》中担任制片。他认为无论是电影《慕尼黑》还是《叙利亚》以及最近的电影《93号航班》，都试图以最细微的差别来演恐怖主义，让人们能理解他们在按照自己的理由做自己的事，而并非像以前那样用陈旧歪曲的和讽刺的手法来描述。但是电影制作人是否可以在创作易懂的角色方面偏离太大呢？一些批评家说史蒂文·斯皮尔伯格在他最新的电影《慕尼黑》里这样做了。该电影讲述了以色列为11名运动员在1972年慕尼黑奥运会上被巴勒斯坦恐怖分子暗杀而报复的故事。以色列特务开始追捕并暗杀了相关的负责人。Jonathan Taplin说斯皮尔伯格因电影揭露了故事双方的动机和人身代价而受到责备。他认为对斯皮尔伯格来说，在展示一个问题的两个方面是一个很重要的尝试。故事双方都有强烈的目的意识和解决问题的意识。 分析家说恐怖分子利用暴力和媒体传达一个信息，他们的目标是政治变革。有些人觉得，媒体不应该让恐怖分子的目的变得更容易。另外一些人认为法律强制力也能从媒体涉及之处受益。洛杉矶总警署的John Sullivan 中尉是国家恐怖主义预警资源中心的主任。他说政治暴力并不是新有的，历史告诉我们恐怖分子很少有能颠覆政府的。他认为恐怖主义的核心是政治暴力，是专门传达恐怖信息和发展党羽的一种形式。媒体在理解恐怖分子所要传达的信息和理解政府的适度反映方面是很重要的。恐怖主义是弱者的武器，媒体能让人们把恐怖主义摆在适度的水平上。当政府反应过激或者不当时，恐怖主义才能导致重大政治变革。 制片人Jonathan Taplin说一些电影诸如《93号航班》等以一种荒谬的方法表达了恐怖分子及其受害人的两种不同的观点。对他来说《93号航班》里最令人震撼的场景是在危机的紧要关头，当飞机摇晃着向下坠时，人们可以看到在飞机里镜头在向上帝祈祷的美国人和向上帝祈祷的劫持飞机阿拉伯人之间的切换。镜头频频地在这两种祈祷的人之间来回切换。它讽刺地说，他们在向同一个上帝祈祷。 好莱坞电影的意义不在于教育，工作室的目的是赚钱，作者和导演的目的是讲故事。但是恐怖主义专家John Sullivan说电影可以用于讲述也可以用来盈利。他不认为赚钱，教育人和阐述观点与娱乐性是相互排斥的。人们可以在同一时间实现所有的功能。我对民主社会的真正教育表示怀疑。它应该具有娱乐性，所以人们才会参与和欣赏。” 好莱坞记者报的Anne Thompson说，好莱坞会继续关注各种难度大的主题，其中包括恐怖主义。她赞扬他们正在做这样的事。她并不同意评论家所说的911话题不应该成为电影制片人所关注的一部分。好像它不知何故被保护起来免被提及了。她说有关恐怖主义话题需要好莱坞帮助建立一个对话机制。 Passage Two The Oscar Awards The Oscar statuette(小雕像）is the most recognized award in the world. Its success as a symbol of achievement in filmmaking would doubtless amaze those who attend that dinner nearly 80 years ago, as well as its designer, Cedric Gibbons. In 1927, the Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences made a decision to institute(创立） an award major to symbolize film achievement. MGM art director Cedric Gibbons designed the statuette and Los Angeles sculptor George Stanley was selected to bring to threedimensional form the figure of a knight standing on a reel of film, hands gripping(紧握） a sword. The Academys worldrenowned statuette was born. Oscar stands 131/2 inches tall and weighs a robust(精力充沛的） 81/2 pounds. The design of the statuette has never changed from its original conception, but the size of the base varied until the present standard was adopted in 1945 Officially named the Academy Award of Merit, the statuette is better known by its nickname(昵称）, Oscar, the origins of which arent clear. A popular story has been that Academy librarian and eventual executive director Margaret Herrick thought it resembled her Uncle Oscar and said so, and that the Academy staff began referring to it as Oscar. In any case, by the sixth Awards presentation in 1934, Hollywood columnist Sidney Skolsky used the name in his column in reference to Katharine Hepburns first Best Actress win. The Academy itself didnt use the nickname officially until 1939 Since the initial awards banquet on May 16, 1929, in the Hollywood Roosevelt Hotels Blossom Room, 2,622 statuettes have been presented. It stands today, as it has since 1929, without peer, on the mantels of the greatest filmmakers in history. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 Who designed the Oscar statuette? 2 What does the Oscar statuette look like? 3 Why do we call the statuette Oscar? 4 How many statuettes haves been presented since the initial awards banquet? 5 Who will decide the winner of the Oscar statuette? Passage Three Hollywood Hollywood is a district in Los Angeles, California, U.S.A., situated westnorthwest of Downtown. Due to its fame and cultural identity(特性） as the historical center of movie studios and stars, the word “Hollywood” is often used as a metonym for the American film and television industry. Hollywood became the core of motion picture production during the early 1900s. At that time, motion picture production companies from New York and New Jersey started moving to California because of its the reliable(可靠的） weather. Besides the moderate, dry climate, they were also drawn to the state because of its open spaces and wide variety of natural scenery which could, of course, come in handy during filmmaking. Another factor in Hollywoods development was its great distance from New Jersey, which made it more difficult for Thomas Edison to enforce his motion picture patents. At the time, Edison owned almost all of the patents relevant to motion picture production, and in the East, movie producers were often sued or enjoined by Edison and his agents. Thus, movie makers working on the West Coast could work unencumbered (不受妨碍的)by Edisons control. The first motion picture studio in the region was built in 1909 by the Selig Polyscope Company. From about 1930, five major “Hollywood” movie studios Paramount, RKO, 20th Century Fox, MetroGoldwynMayer and Warner Bros., owned large, grand theaters throughout the country for the exhibition of their movies. The period between the years 1927 (the effective end of the silent era) to 1948 is considered the Golden Age of Hollywood. In 1948, the United States Supreme Court ruled that movie studios could not own theaters and play only the movies produced by their studios and only with their movie stars. With that, an era of Hollywood history had unofficially ended. By the mid1950s, when television proved a profitable enterprise(事业）, movie studios started to produce programming in TV. Much of the movie industries remain in Hollywood, although the districts outward appearance has changed. Other businesses, however, continue to migrate to different parts of the Los Angeles area, primarily to Burbank. It is now a popular destination for nightlife and tourism, and home to the Walk of Fame(星光大道）. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 metonym 2 patents 3 destination Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Twentyfour Internet Passage One A New Approach to Fight Back at the Hackers What do you think happens when you connect your computer to the internet? In less than an hour, it may not be yours anymore. While youre Goggling your name and checking email, a hacker, perhaps in Eastern Europe—lets call him Ivan—quietly takes over your machine. There are a dozen ways Ivan could do it, but he probably found you with a program which he didnt get at Best Buy, called a port scanner. It roams the Internet like a clumsy cat burglar, trying every doorknob until it locates one left unlocked. Then he makes a connection to our computer—sort of like starting a chat session, only invisible to you—and use it to deliver a “backdoor,” a small piece of code that lets him take control of your PC whenever he wants. You wont know it, but youve just become part of a “botnet,” a small army of computers that Ivan will rent to international organizedcrime rings, which will use it to spew spam, steal identities, or hold corporate Web sites hostage (not to mention slow down your PC). Sound like a scare story? It happens to more than 300,000 computers each day—PCs connected to the Internet without security precautions such as a firewall, antivirus software or an uptodate operating system. According to the FBI, ＄672 billion was lost in 2006 to online crime. Sure, there are ways to fight back, shutting down “zombies” (PCs surreptitiously controlled by hackers) and prosecuting the handful of Ivans the police have managed to catch. But its like playing a huge game of whackamole. Knock the criminals over the head in one spot, and they pop up someplace else. “No matter what solution you come up with, it takes the bad guys about five minutes to get around it,” says Lance Spitzner, president of the nonprofit volunteer Honeynet Project, which sets out vulnerable computers as bait so researchers can study attackers behavior. “The creativity of cybercriminals is amazing.” The fact is that the system is easy to game because it was never designed to be secure. The Internet was created 40 years ago so university geeks could share research, not so you could buy baubles on eBay As companied developed ingenious ways to build security into things like online creditcard transactions, hackers came up with equally ingenious ways to get around it, launching a security arms race that Ivan and his comrades are so far winning. If we want to fight back, we need a new approach, something that fundamentally changed the way computers interact with the Internet and how the Internet functions. Companies and organizations all over the world are working these kinds of longterm solutions, but one of the most radical ideas is being developed at Carnegie Mellon Universitys CyLab, the worlds largest Internetsecurity research hub. Launched in 2003, CyLab has 70 faculty researchers and 140 graduate students at its Pittsburgh campus, with satellite facilities in Korea and Japan. Its approach is to make the Internet function like a biological entity that wards off attacks the way a healthy body fights off a cold—in other words, to build a network with an immune system. “Unless we move toward that goal, well just spend all our time solving new problems,” says Pradeep Khosla, dean of Carnegie Mellons college of engineering and codirector of CyLab. You cant build something thats perfectly secure, so you make something that can survive the attacks you can anticipate, making it harder and more expensive for criminals to do their thing. Even Fort Knox could be taken, but it would require a small army to do it, which would cut heavily into the bad guys profits. CyLab has dozens of projects at various stages of development; many are years from implementation and would cost billions of dollars to put in place. New Words and Expressions 1 cat burglar n. 飞贼，翻墙攀屋的窃贼 2 spew v. 喷出；涌出 3 spam n. 垃圾电子邮件 4 zombies n. 僵尸 5 whackamole n. 打间谍的游戏 6 geek n. 共同进行研究的人；发烧友 7 bauble n. 不值钱的饰物 8 wards off 避开；避免；防止 9 immune v./n. 免疫 Notes 1 Best Buy：网站名。美国电子产品零售商百思买。 2 FBI：Federal Bureau of Investigation 美国联邦调查局。 3 eBay：网站名。于1995年9月4日由Pierre Omidyar以Auctionweb的名称创立于加利福尼亚州圣荷西。Omidyar曾经尝试注册一个EchoBay.com的网址，却发现该网址已被Echo Bay矿业注册了，所以他将EchoBay.com改成他的第二备案：Ebay.com。 4 Carnegie Mellon University：私立研究型大学。在美国匹兹堡，宾夕法尼亚州。 5 CyLab：网络化实验室。 6 Fort Knox：诺克斯要塞，美国路军装甲中心。在英语口语化意为极为安全。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 According to the article, how could Ivan take over your computer? A. With a program.B. Through a port scanner. C. By using your IP.D. By surfing on the Internet. 2 What does “it” in line 8 of the first paragraph can most probably be replaced by. A computerB a chat session C. connection D. doorknob 3 According to the article, your computer will be security by using the following except. A. a firewall B. antivirus software C. an uptodate operating system D. a special IP 4 A new approach to deal with those Ivans is that. A. you can change the function of the Internet B. you have to lock the doorknob of your computer C. you will develop ingenious ways to build security into Internet D. you try to build a network with an immune system 5 In order to make your computer survive the attacks of hackers, you can try the following except. A. to make your internet harder to be invaded B. to do it by a small army C. to cut the profit of those bad guys D. to raise the cost of invading Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 A port scanner can locate a computer and connect to it. () 2 Ivan controls your computer by using a secret code. () 3 The best way to fight back at Ivans is to manage to catch them. () 4 Ivans are so far winning because of the insecurity of the Internet system. () 5 The projects in the CyLab have been put in place and implemented. 译文 对抗电脑黑客的新方法 将计算机连接到因特网后，你猜想会出现什么现象呢？用不了一小时，它可能就再也不是你的了。就在你将你的名字登录在Google上并检查电子邮件的过程中，一个或许在东欧的黑客——咱们就叫他伊凡吧——会神不知鬼不觉地接管你的计算机。伊凡有十几种可以盗用计算机的方法，但他用一个无需到Best Buy网站上购买叫做端口扫描器的程序就可能找到你。该程序像个笨拙的飞贼漫游因特网，试着拉每一个门的把手，直到找到一个没有上锁的门。然后伊凡与你的计算机相连接——开始一阵子有点像闲聊，只是你看不见他——并利用这种连接传输一个“后门”(一小段密码）。每当他需要时就能用此密码控制你的个人计算机。你不会知道计算机被盗用，而你却已成为“botnet ”——伊凡要租给国际有组织的犯罪团伙的一小批计算机一部分。该团伙会用其发送垃圾邮件、盗窃证件，或扣留法人团体网址作抵押(更不用说使你的计算机速度慢下来了）。 听起来像个恐怖故事吧？每天有30多万台计算机被盗用——这些个人计算机上网没有防火墙、抗病毒软件或利用最新技术的操作系统等安全防范措施。据美国联邦调查局统计，2006年在线犯罪造成的损失达672亿美元。当然，我们有对付它的办法——关闭“僵尸”(被黑客偷偷控制的计算机），并起诉警察已抓到的那一小撮伊凡。但是，这像是在玩大型的打间谍游戏。在一个地方狠狠地打击罪犯，可他们在别的地方又突然冒了出来。“不管你想出什么解决办法，那些坏家伙大约5分钟就能使其失效。电脑网络罪犯的创造力实在令人惊讶。”非盈利志愿者“蜜网工程”项目主持人兰斯·施皮茨纳说。该项目系统地安排一些易受攻击的计算机作为诱饵，以使研究人员能够研究攻击者的行为。 事实是，由于因特网系统向来没有设计得安全可靠，所以用它来赌博易如反掌。因特网创建于40年前，为的是让大学的人员能共同进行研究工作，而不是让你到eBay上买花里胡哨的小玩意儿。尽管有些公司开发出了一些巧妙的方法使像在线信用卡交易的一些业务安全可靠，可是黑客同样会想出一些巧妙的方法去智胜它，从而挑起了一场安保方面的军备竞赛——迄今为止，竞赛总是以伊凡和他的团伙获胜而告终。 如果想反击，我们就需要一种新方法，它可以从根本上改变计算机与因特网相互作用的方式和因特网的工作方式。全世界的公司和组织都在研究这类长久的解决方法，但是最激进的想法之一现正在被卡内基梅隆大学的电脑网络化实验室开发中。该实验室是世界最大的因特网安全研究中心，创建于2003年，它在匹兹堡校园里有70位院系研究人员和140名研究生，并在韩国与日本有卫星设施。其方法是使因特网像一个生物实体那样运转，可以用健康人体战胜感冒的方法击退攻击——换言之，就是建立一个带免疫系统的网络。 卡内基梅隆大学工程学院的院长、电脑网络化实验室副主任普拉迪普·科斯拉说：“如果我们不向这个目标迈进，就得用我们所有的时间来解决一些新问题。”你不能建造完善的安全网络，所以你得想办法使它能经受住一些你能料到的攻击，使罪犯攻击起来更困难且成本更高。即使诺克斯要塞可被攻占，也需要小股部队去攻占它，这样就会大大削减坏家伙们的利益。电脑网络化实验室有处于不同开发阶段的几十个项目，其中许多还要几年才能实施，而且落实下来要耗资几十亿美元。 Passage Two Surfing the Web with Nothing but Brainwaves Someday, keyboards and computer mice will be remembered only as medieval—style torture devices for the wrists. All work—emails, spreadsheets(电子数据表）, and Google searches—will be performed by mind control. If you think thats incredible, here is a sensational research thats been done on the brain of one Matthew Nagle by scientists. The research was published for the first time in the British science journal Nature. Nagle, a 26yearold quadriplegic (四肢瘫痪者）played a computer via an implant that sits on top of his brain and reads electrical patterns. Using that technology, he leaned how to move a cursor around a screen, play simple games, control a robotic arm, and even turn his brain into a TV remote control. All while chatting amiably with the researchers. He even learned how to perform these tasks in less time than the average PC owner spends installing Microsoft Windows. That may just sound like fun and games for the unfortunate, but really, it means the beginning of a radical change in how we interact with computers—and business will never be the same. This kind of technology can enable a hookedup human(与电脑沟通的人） to write at 15 words a minute—half as fast as the average person writes by hand. If siliconbased technology typically doubles in capacity every two years, then by2012, the chip could be able to process thoughts as fast as speech. Stu wolf, one of the top scientists at Darpa, the pentagons scientific research agency which gave birth to the internet, seriously believes well all be wearing computers in headbands(头饰带） within 20 years. Controlling devices with the mind is just the beginning. Next, Wolf believes, is what he calls “networkenabled telepathy”(网络激活心灵感应）—instant thought transfer. In other words, your thoughts will flow from your brain over the network right into someone elses brain. If you think instant messaging is addictive(使人迷恋）, just wait for instant thinking. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 How could Nagle, a quadriplegic, play video games? 2 What does the computer look like in the future? 3 What can Nagle do by using his brain as a controller? 4 Can you explain the meaning of “networkenabled telepathy”? 5 Who will be benefit from this technology? Passage Three Are You a Wilfer, Lost on the Internet? You are checking your emails when you start daydreaming about where to go on your summer holiday. This reminds you to compare the cost of local gyms. Then you suddenly decide to look up venues for your birthday party. You may think you are browsing the internet in a slightly absentminded(心不在焉的） manner. You are, in fact “wilfing.” According to a survey(调查） for a financial website, almost seven in 10 internet users admit to the newly named habit. The study of 2,400 people carried out by YouGov found more than a quarter of internet users wilf—a rough acronym of What Was I Looking For—for two days every month. Peter Cohen, GMTVs resident life coach and motivator, said: “Stopping yourself wilfing takes a mixture of planning and willpower. These days there are all manner of websites for our attention. Internet users need to set themselves a specific surfing goal and time limit to keep on track.” Shopping is the online activity most likely to make users wilf. Men are more likely to admit to being wilfers than woman. A third of the men questioned said the habit had damaged their relationship with a partner. The good news is that wilfing is a habit people tend to grow out of. Internet users aged 55 or over were three times less likely to wilf than those aged under 25 Jason Lloyd, from moneysupermarket.com, said: “The internet was designed to make it easier for people to access the information they need quickly and conveniently. Although people log in(注册）with a purpose, they are now being offered so much choice and online distraction that many forget what they are there for, and spend hours aimlessly wilfing instead. Its important people do not allow unnecessary online distractions to get in the way when surfing the internet, as it can affect productivity(生产力） in the workplace and relationships at home. Are you a wilfer, lost in the internet? Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 venues 2 acronym 3 vying Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases. Unit Twentyfive Dormitory Passage One Dorm Life According to several really importantsounding studies, firstyear students living on campus perform better academically than those who live off campus. Perhaps its because students living in dorms are closer to the things they need, like the library and the computer labs. Or maybe its because the meal plan that comes with most dorms takes the pressure off having to forage for food, giving students more time to study. And think of all the potential study partners floating around the hallways or energetically highlighting their textbooks in the study lounge. No wonder dorm life for first years is such a good idea. Should you live in a dorm your first year? In a word: yes. Socially, you cant beat dorm living. Youll make friends easily, commiserate about school with your dorm mates, study with groups of friends, always have someone to eat with, and stay up late socializing almost every night. You will share your college experience with other people who are going through the same ups and downs, and that makes everything easier. There is great strength in numbers. All of these advantages dont erase the fact that dorm life can be challenging. Studying can be difficult in a dorm, because socializing often takes priority over grades. Theres always a lot going on: blaring music, noisy games, television, people laughing and talking, and general mayhem in the halls. Many people leave their doors open so everyone mingles in and out of the rooms. Although most dorms insist on quiet after ten or eleven at night, your roommate might get on the phone with her best friend back home and start an hourlong conversation about chronic acne. Or, your roommate might be engaged in a hookup session with his “girlfriend” of the week. But you can easily balance this by heading to the library or to a quiet study hall. Youre living in close proximity to a lot of other people, and thats a recipe for conflict. But conflict is part of life, and learning how to deal with it successfully is essential to becoming an adult. Moreover, dorms have a lot of rules, especially dorms inhabited by first years. Here are some of the rules you may face in your campus housing. These vary, obviously, by school and individual dorm: Common Dorm Rules: No alcohol. Some dorms allow students who are over 21 to have alcohol in their rooms. As a first year, you are probably not over 21 No fire hazards. These include candles, incense, cigarettes, portable heating units, and sometimes halogen lamps and irons. Some dorms still have smoking rooms, but this is becoming less common. No unruly conduct. In other words, no fighting, destroying dorm property, setting off fire alarms… you get the idea. No weapons. Even paintball guns, darts, and archery equipment may be banned. No members of the opposite sex. In dorms that house only one gender, or on dorm floors with only one gender, there may be rules about having the opposite sex in your room past a certain hour, and some dorms dont allow the opposite sex there at all. No holes in the walls and ceilings. Each dorm will interpret this rule differently. Some will allow a certain number of holes, and some will allow as many thumbtacks as you want to use, but no nails. No pets. Leave them at home with your parents. No appliances. Some dorms have rules about what kinds of kitchen items you can bring. Some only allow lowwattage microwaves and coffeemakers, and others dont allow anything, not even a little fridge. Check with your dorm before you bring any appliances. No loud music or voices at night. Quiet hours generally start at 10 or 11 p.m.. No loud music or voices after this time. No new roommates. No one else can live in your dorm room but you and your roommate(s). New Words and Expressions 1 forage v. 搜寻粮草, 掠夺 2 highlight v. 标示记号，使……显得重要，强调 3 commiserate v. 怜悯, 同情 4 stay up late 深夜不睡, 迟睡 5 erase v. 擦掉, 清除, 忘掉 6 blaring a. 刺耳响亮的 7 mayhem n. 大混乱 8 mingle v. 混合，参加, 加入，交际 9 chronic a. 慢性的, 延续很长的 10 acne n. 痤疮, 粉刺 11 recipe for 很可能是造成……的原因 12 proximity n. 接近, 亲近 13 hazard n. 危险状态，不可预测的因素，易燃性 14 halogen n.［化］ 卤素 15 dart n. 飞镖 16 wattage n. 瓦特，功率数Notes 1 Dorm is short for dormitory: 公寓，公寓楼。英国英语中学生公寓楼为：Hall of Residence。 2 卤素灯泡，简称为卤素灯，是白炽灯的一个变种。照射效率高，缺点为晃眼、发热量多，在住宅使用时要特别注意。 3 彩弹枪，其前身是一种气动式的麻醉枪，用途是为了牧场麻醉牲畜。最初练习枪法时内装彩色的圆球，后逐渐发展为彩弹射击运动。此项运动已被公认为世界上最刺激，且最具安全性的团体运动。目前，全球已经有四十多个国家和地区开展本项运动，每年有数以百万计民众参与此项运动，参加的队伍与日俱增，奖金逐年飙升，使得此项运动高手云集，已成为了风靡全球的最热门运动项目之一。 Exercises Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1 In which aspect do firstyear students who live on campus perform better than those who live off campus, according to the studies? A. socially B. academically C. potentially D. cooperatively 2 The author thought that dorms provide good environments for studing because. A. its convenient for students to go to the library and computer labs B. dorms provide meal plan to the students who live on campus C. students can meet with some study partners if they live on campus D. All of the above 3 Which of the following is not true about the challenge of the dorm life. A. There are many noise in the dorm. B. Your roommate may chat with his friends when you want to go to bed. C. Grades always take priority over communication. D. The students may have high jinks in the halls. 4 Some dorms allow students to have alcohol in their rooms if they are. A. 21 B. first year students C. under 21 D. over 21 5 Some kitchen items can be brought to the dorms except. A. heating units B. lowwattage microwaves C. a little fridge D. coffeemakers Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. () 1 In the authors opinion, the first year students should live in a dorm. () 2 Many people leave their doors open so the opposite sex mingle in and out of the rooms. () 3 The electric iron can be used in the dormitory. () 4 Some dorms allow the opposite sex to stay in the rooms at the set time. () 5 Using thumbtacks in the dorm will be treated as the unruly conduct. 译文 学生公寓生活 依据几项可靠的调查研究：一年级新生中，住校的学生比不住校的学生在学习方面表现更好，这也许是因为住在学生公寓可以更方便地获得他们所需要的东西，如图书馆和机房。又或许是因为大多数公寓为学生提供伙食，使学生不必为每天吃什么耗费精力，以便让学生有更多的时间学习。想象一下，所有的学习伙伴在走廊穿梭或者在自习室里埋头苦读的情景吧！难怪大家认为大学一年级学生住在学生公寓是一个好主意。 第一年应该住校吗？一句话：是的。在社交方面，学生住在公寓最好。你会很容易交到朋友，在学校里与室友同命相连，一起学习、一起吃饭，每晚聊天到很晚。你可以与其他经历过同样苦与乐的人分享你们的经验，这使一切变得更加容易。人多势众嘛！ 所有这些优势并没有抹去这样的一个事实：公寓生活是具有挑战性的。在公寓学习会非常困难，因为社交通常优先于分数。公寓永远充斥着刺耳的音乐声、嘈杂的游戏声、电视节目声、人们说笑声，还有在走廊上普遍存在的混乱现象。很多人公寓不锁门，以致每个人都可以随意进出。虽然大多数公寓要求晚上十点或十一点后保持安静，你的室友可能与以前最好的朋友打电话，就慢性痤疮的话题聊上一个小时。或者你的室友有可能忙着跟他本周的“女朋友”在网上聊天。但是你可以去图书馆或者安静的学习室，从而轻易的解决这类问题。你要与很多人朝夕相处，这是造成冲突的原因。但冲突是生活的一部分，学会如何成功地解决冲突，对长大成人是必不可少的。此外，公寓，尤其是住着一年级学生的公寓，有很多规定。以下是你在公寓可能会看到的一些规定。当然，这些规定因学校、公寓的不同而各不相同。 常见公寓规定： 禁止饮酒。有些公寓允许21岁以上的学生在各自的房间内饮酒。作为一年级学生，你有可能不够21岁 。 杜绝火灾隐患。包括蜡烛、香、香烟、便携式取暖器，有时还包括卤素灯和熨斗。有些公寓还有吸烟室，但是现在不太常见了。 禁止违规行为。换言之，不准打架、破坏公寓财物、引发火警……这些你心中有数。 禁止武器。即使彩弹枪、飞镖，射箭器械都可能被禁止。 禁止异性。公寓里的房间只准同性居住，或一栋公寓楼内有几层只供同一性别的学生居住。可能有些公寓规定某一时段异性可以进入，也有一些公寓根本不允许异性进入。 禁止在墙壁和天花板上钉钉子。每栋公寓对这一规定的解释不同。有些允许一定数目的钉子，有些使用再多的图钉也没问题，但不能使用钉子。 禁止饲养宠物。把它们放在家里由父母照看。 禁止使用家电。有些公寓规定了可以使用什么样的厨房用具。有的只允许低功率微波炉和咖啡壶；有的什么都不允许使用，即使一个小冰箱。配备任何电器之前一定要征求公寓管理人员的意见。 晚上严禁大声播放音乐或喧哗。一般从十点或十一点开始公寓要保持安静。在这之后不允许大声播放音乐或喧哗。 禁止非公寓人员留宿。除了你和你的室友，其他人均不可在你的公寓里留宿。 Passage Two On a Harmonious Dormitory Life As we know, dormitory life is an indispensable part of college life. As we all know, a harmonious dormitory life brings us a sense of comfort, and helps us regain the energy to go on study. But sometimes a dormitory life is not as harmonious as we supposed to be. Some trifles may arouse a lot of controversy, owing to other things and personal hobby. Trifling quarrels and disputes do take place from time to time in our dormitory. If we just let it go with no care, tension will arise among students and our studying and living condition will get harmed sooner or later. As is known to all, a harmonious dormitory life plays a positive role in our college life and benefits all the members. On one hand, its mutually benefial for us and other members. We will have a good mood and enjoy being together. We can live a happy life, hence we can put our heart to study and do other things. On the other hand, we can make more friends and decrease many annoy in our college. Thus it is fairly significant to cultivate a harmonious and friendly atmosphere in the dormitory. There are numerous ways to create and maintain a harmonious dormitory life. In my point of view, harmonious dormitory life can be easily obtained if following points are done. First of all, equality cant be neglected. Children nowadays are a bit selfcentered. Parents always lavish too much care on their children, even when they make mistakes. However, dormitory life differs from the life at home. Thus, every dormitory member should gradually learn to treat each other equally. Secondly, friendliness plays a significant role in the harmonious dormitory life. There is no denying the fact that people who is friendly to others is easily accepted by others and smoothly adjust to the school life, while those unfriendly always face the dilemma—separated by other students. Thus, learning to treat others friendly is indisputable in dormitory life. When an annoying situation arises, youll just have to learn to tolerate each other and coexist. Moreover, friendliness will help you build a harmonious relationship with roommates, which may indirectly make a big difference to your future life. Besides, there are many other important factors, for instance, generosity passion and kindness. Exercises Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1 What is the advantage of harmonious dormitory life? 2 In the second paragraph, what does “trifling” mean? 3 What can we benefit from a harmonious dormitory life? 4 How to understand the underlined sentence in paragragh four? 5 What are the key words of creating and maintaining a harmonious dormitory life? Passage Three A Compulsory Blackout In College Dormitory During Sleeping Hours A blackout in college dormitories benefits college students a lot, although some student may say that compulsory blackout limits their freedom. In fact, when midnight approaches, the socalled freedom has no meaning at all. A blackout in a fix time serves as a signal that students should have a mental and physical rest. A good sleep is the best way to restore ones energy. On the contrary, if we ignore the signal, we may go on studying and playing. As a result, we will get up late and be late for the first class next morning. Whats worse, well feel sleepy and tired the whole day, and our body will be in a bad condition. If so, what you got last night outweighs what you gain today. Obviously, its not worthwhile in terms of study and health. A compulsory blackout helps to cultivate our sense of discipline. As college students, sometimes we still lack the ability to control ourselves and keep discipine by ourselves. By keeping blackout in college dormitories compulsory, day by day , we will intensify our sense of discipine. As an English saying goes: You cannot eat a cake and keep it. If there is no compulsory blackout, it will be the case that one student is reading a book while the others close their eys, finding difficult to go to sleep with the light on. In a sense, a blackout at night maitain the atmosphere of harmony and unity in dormitory. A blackpout in dormitory really benefits us a lot. Exercises Ⅰ. Look up the following words or phrases in the dictionary and give the definition both in English and Chinese. 1 blackout 2 cultivate 3 harmony Ⅱ. Write a short paragraph with the above words or phrases.Answer Key Unit One Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. C2. B3. D4. A5. B Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. F 2. F 3. T 4. T5. F Passage two 　Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. It would be about 240 million. 2. I would go to Wales where mountain ranges are deeply cut by steep sided river valleys. 3. Scotland, the landscape is wild and beautiful with many empty moors and small woods. 　4. Northern Ireland is the smallest one. 　5. It is fertile and wellwatered. Agricultural has been practiced since ancient time. Passage three 略 Unit Two Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. B2. D3. C4. A5. D Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 1. T2. T3. F4. T5. F Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Education is the key to the future of the society. 2. Sport was the springboard for moral energy. 3. No, no one really believed him. 4. The first Olympic Games of the modern era were held in Athens in 1896. 5. Because Switzerland was a neutral country during the first World War. Passage three 略 Unit Three Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. D2. D3. A4. C5. B Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. T2. F3. F4. T5. T Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. The doctors suggestion is doing exercise. 2. For most people, three twenty minute aerobic exercises per week are enough. 3. Walk briskly one mile a day after dinner. or Walk down to hall to see a colleague instead of picking up the telephone. or Park in remote but safe sections of parking lots. or Go upstairs on foot in stead of taking lift. 4. People should spend three to five minutes warming up their muscles and body system. 5. Because the exercise can help people keep their bones strong. Passage three 略 Unit Four Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. C2. D3. B4. A5. C Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 1. F2. T3. F4. F5. T Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Lies in central Shandong Province, Mt. Tai spanning the ranges of Taian and Jinan Cities. 2. They include 112 peaks, 98 precipices, 18 caves, 58 oddshaped rocks, 102 streams and valleys, 56 pools and waterfalls, and 64 springs. 3. Emperor: Qin Shihuang, Wudi of the Han Dynasty, Xuanzong of the Tang Dynasty and Qianlong of the Qing Dynasty. 　　Scholars: Confucius, Sima Qian, Cao Zhi, Li Bai, Du Fu. 4. Daishan. 5. The Jade Emperor Peak, at about 1,545 m. Passage three 略 Unit Five Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. C2. B3. A4. B5. D Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 1. F2. T3. F4. F5. T Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. First, fast food offers a most efficient way to eat. Second, fast food restaurants provide a good place for relaxation. Thirdly, youngsters can find good opportunities of working practice there. 2. A list of the food available is displayed with pictures above the long counter of the restaurant. 3. “For here” means eat in the restaurant, “to go” means take the food out in a paper bag and eat it wherever you want. 4. Yes. Because it has clean food, excellent service and comfortable environment. 5. Yes. Since fast food has little nutrition, its not good for your health. Passage three 略 Unit Six Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. D2. C3. D4. A5. B Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 1. F2. F3. T4. T5. F Passage Two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Because people were furthest away from the weekend that has either just gone or is coming up and often feel bogged down with work. 2. It means that we have different moods in the seven days of a week like Monday morning blues and Thank God Its Friday. 3. The dayoftheweek stereotypes stem from a cultural belief that people are generally happier when they are free to choose their activities compared to when they are engaged in paid work. 4. Dayoftheweek stereotypes are largely illusions. 5. Dayoftheweek stereotypes was illusions, I think we can control the moods of ourselves. Passage Three 略 Unit Seven Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. A2. C3. C4. D5. B Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 1. T2. F3. F4. T5. T Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. A water supply for a town usually includes a storage reservoir at the source of the supply, a pipeline from the storage reservoir to the distribution reservoir near the town, and the distribution pipes buried in the streets, taking the water to the houses, shops, factories and offices. 2. The two reservoirs and the pipeline between them. 3. The function of the storage reservoir is to keep enough water over one or several years to provide for all high demands in dry periods; The storage reservoir by its existence allows the supply sources to be smaller and less expensive. 4. The function of distribution reservoir is to keep enough water for the day or week. And the distribution reservoir similarly allows the pipeline and pumps to be smaller and cheaper than they would be if it did not exist. 5. Because much of the highest US demand comes from the water spent in summer on air conditioning equipment and the watering of gardens. Passage three 略 Unit Eight Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. D2. C3. C4. A5. B Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. F2. T3. F4. F5. T Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Whether or not to try and save more lives through human cloning is a new problem of saving lives today. 2. The scientists successfully cloned the first mammal in 1997. 3. One is taking adult cells from the brain or blood, another is taking embryo cells. 4. That is a world without any illness, everyone is healthy. Although its hard to achieve. 5. The doctor can use cloned healthy lung to replace the suffering lung. Passage three 略 Unit Nine Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. C2. A3. D4. B5. C Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. F2. T3. T4. F5. T Passage two 　Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Because its asphalt is very good for making roads. 2. It contains nine thousand million tons of asphalt. 3. Gas and oil rush out and catch fire. 4. If they are disappointed at one place. 5. We, the customers will pay the cost of unsuccessful drilling. Passage three 略 Unit Ten Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. B2. A3. C4. D5. D Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 1. F2. T3. F4. F5. F Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Three minutes. 2. Sichuan province, on the May 12, 2008. 3. Yes, it is. 4. Some flew black kites, children stood with lit white candles, and villagers in the northwest burnt incense sticks and fake money in rituals to see off the dead. 5. China Central Television blacked out its screen for the three minutes. Passage three 略 Unit Eleven Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. B2. D3. C4. D5. A Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. T2. F3. T4. F5. T Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. June 1, 2008. 2. Plastic carriers take around 200 years to decompose naturally. They pollute the groundwater if we throw them in landfills; they produce noxious gases if we burn them. 3. One billion. 4. Yes, it is. 5. Its open. Passage three 略 Unit Twelve Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. D2. C3. B4. C5. A Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. T2. F3. F4. T5. F Passage Two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. In ancient China, chrysanthemums were first planted thousands of years ago. 2. Chrysanthemums, bamboo, plum flower, and orchid. 3. They think that a single chrysanthemum petal placed in the bottom of a wine glass encourages a long and healthy life. 4. In the United States chrysanthemums generally represent cheerfulness and rest. 5. Yes, in Italy, Belgium and Austria, their association with the dead makes chrysanthemums acceptable only for funerals and graves. Passage Three 略 Unit Thirteen Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. B2. A3. C4. D5. C Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. T2. F3. F4. T5. T Passage Two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. They convey either by words or by actions that failure is something to be ashamed of, that nothing but top performance meets with our approval. 2. He was a shy, nervous perfectionist. He always feared failure and lacked selfconfidence. 3. She was young and pretty, and she loved children. 4. The instance was about pencil and eraser. The pencil was used to write something and the eraser was used to erase the mistakes. If no one made mistakes, the eraser would have not existed. So we should learn that there would always be mistakes and we should face up to them. 5. Each of us fails from time to time. If we are wise, we should accept these failures as a necessary part of the learning process. Passage Three 　　略 Unit Fourteen Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. C2. C3. C4. B5. D Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. F2. F3. F4. T5. F Passage Two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Because they had an argument, one friend slapped the other one. 2. He wrote in the sand with his finger: “TODAY MY BEST FRIEND SLAPPED ME IN THE FACE.” 3. The one, who had been slapped, got stuck in the mire and started drowning, but the friend saved him. 4. He wrote on a stone with a knife: “TODAY MY BEST FRIEND SAVED MY LIFE.” 5. Because when someone hurts us, we should write it down in sand where winds of forgiveness can erase it away, but when someone does something good for us, we must engrave it in stone where no wind can ever erase it. Passage Three 略 Unit Fifteen Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. C2. D3. B 4. A5. A Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. T2. F3. F4. T5. F Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Divorce rate is increasing; Many mothers avoid divorce by never marrying in the first place; The outofwedlock birth rate among women who drop out of high school is high. 2. Middleclass children tend to have high school grades, wellpaid jobs, happy family. 3. Because two breadwinners earn more than one. 4. This is partly because marriage provides economies of scale—two can live more cheaply than one—and because the kind of people who make more money—those who work hard, plan for the future and have good interpersonal skills—are more likely to marry and stay married. But it is also because marriage affects the way people behave. 5. Peoples views of marriages are greatly influenced by their parents. Passage three 　　略 Unit Sixteen Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. D2. C3. C4. B5. B Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. T2. F3. T4. F5. T Passage Two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. The first 60 to 80 seconds. 2. The interviewer wants to see how quickly the interviewees organize their thoughts and how well they communicate. 3. One should always try to present a weakness in a positive light. 4. What do you think of your former boss or company? 5. Be more careful about the presentation of his former boss. Passage Three 略 Unit Seventeen Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. D2. A3. C4. D5. D Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. F2. T3. F4. F5. F Passage Two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. How you behave is the most important at an interview. 2. You can use the Internet, company reports, recruitment literature etc. 3. You should shake hands firmly while smiling. 4. Your good behavior, clean and comfortable clothes, proper body language, being punctual, etc. can impress interviewers well. 5. (略) Passage three 　　略 Unit Eighteen Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1.D2. C3. B4. C5. D Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. F2. F3. F4. F5.T Passage Two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. The interest rate varies from bank to bank, but the general range is from 4.5 to 6 percent. 2. Because your money is always safe by using checks and checks are more convenient. 3. Sign a slip of paper. 4. A person who is not credible. 5. Loans. Passage Three 略 Unit Nineteen Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. D2. B3. D4. C5. D Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 1. F2. F3. T4. T5. F Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Yes, there is. 2. Everything is OK; zero or nothing. 3. It is used for the insult version. 4. Because in these countries, only an animal can be beckoned with the palm up. 5. No, we cant. In Japan, smiling sometimes may mean disagreement or anger. Passage three 　　略 Unit Twenty Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 1. D2. C3. A4. A5. A Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. F2. T3. F4. T5. T Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. There is a good way leading to heaven—a peaceful, sunny place covered with flowers, fruits and resounding with soft, sweet songs; the other one leads to the hell—a deep, dark cave, which was endless, where poison flowed instead of water and where devils and poisonous snakes hissed and crawled. 2. They had made their way to success and were now honoured and happy on this New Years night. 3. His parents loved him, taught him to be good and prayed to God for his good. 4. Yes, he did. He felt shameful and grieved because he chose a wrong life road and had wasted his life. 5. Everyone should choose a bright road at the entrance of life, and cherish his youth and life. Otherwise, at the end of life he would surely regret a lot for the wasted life. Passage three 　　略 Unit Twentyone Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. B2. D3. C4. B5. C Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. T2. F3. T4. T5. F Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Over 3，000 years ago. 2. Feng Shui compass and the BaGua. 3. To balance the energies of any given space to assure the health and good fortune for people inhabiting it. 4. Good harvest and good health. 5. Taoism. Passage three 　　略 Unit Twentytwo Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. D2. C3. C4. B5. D Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. F2. F3. T 4. F5. T Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. William Shakespeare. 2. 192. 3. Four. 4. Betrayal, murder, lust, power, ambition and love. 5. You can have too much of a good thing. Passage three 　　略 Unit Twentythree Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. A2. C3. C4. B5. D Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. F2. F3. T4. F5. T Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Cedric Gibbons. 2. Oscar stands 131/2 inches tall and weighs a robust 81/2 pounds. 3. Margaret Herrick thought it resembled her Uncle Oscar and said so. 4. 2,622 statuettes have been presented. 5. The Academy of Motion Picture Arts and Sciences made the decision. Passage three 略 Unit Twentyfour Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1.A2. C3. D4. D5. B Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. F2. T3. F4. T5. F Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. Nagle, a 26yearold quadriplegic was hooked up to a computer via an implant smaller than an aspirin that sits on top of his brain and reads electrical patterns. 2. Someday, keyboards and computer mice will be remembered only as medieval style torture devices for the wrists. All workemails, spreadsheets, and Google searches—will be perfumed by mind control. 3. Using that technology, he leaned how to move a cursor around a screen, play simple games, control a robotic arm, and even turn his brain into a TV remote control. All while chatting amiably with the researchers. 4. It means an Instant thought transfer. In other words, your thoughts will flow from your brain over the network right into someone elses brain. 5. Average PC owner. Passage three 略 Unit Twentyfive Passage one Ⅰ. Read the passage and choose the best answer to each question. 　1. B2. D3. C4. D5. A Ⅱ. Read the following statements and decide whether they are True or False. 　1. T2. F3. F4. T5. F Passage two Read the passage carefully and answer the following questions. 1. A harmonious dormitory life brings us a sense of comfort, and helps us regain the energy to go on study. 2. It means unimportant or of little value. 3. We will have a good mood and enjoy being together. We can live a happy life, hence we can put our heart to study and do other things. On the other hand, we can make more friends and decrease many annoy in our college. 4. The children are somewhat selfcentered because their parents always dote on them. So when they live in the dormitory, they must gradually learn to communicate with each other equally. 5. They are equality, friendliness, generosity passion and kindness. Passage three 略 参考资源 1. MD Munro Mackenzie and LJ Westwood. Background to Britain. London: The Macmillan Press Limited, 1983 2. W.W.S.Bhasker and N.S.Prahbu. English Through Reading. London: The Macmillan Press Limited,1980 3. Nanci Hellmich. USA TODAY Virginia：USA TODAY, 2008 4. Alex Stone，胡德良. 海洋地质动态. 青岛：青岛海洋地质出版社，2007 5. 朱满才.给水排水与环境保护. 北京：中国建筑工业出版社，1997 6. Brian Heaton. The World of English.北京：商务印书馆, 2000 7. Christopher de Vinck. Crazy English Reader. 南昌：江西教育出版社， 8. 第二教育网www.dearedu.com 9. 教育第三方www.3edu.net 10. 中国文化网 www.chinaculture.org 11. 中国日报 www.chinadaily.com.cn/ 12. 今日美国 www.usatoday.com 13. 大耳朵英语www.ebigear.com 14. 壹壹英语www.yeeyi.net 15. 美国环保总局管网www.epa.gov 16. 正保外语学习网www.for68.com 17. 中外对话. www.chinadialogue.net 18. 美国在线www.aol.com 19. 中国教育文摘 www.eduzhai.net 20. 中国青年网 www.youth.cn 21. 维基百科www.wikipedia.org 22. www.about.com 23. www.answerbag.com Contents Unit OneBritain Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit TwoThe Olympic Games Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit ThreeSports Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit FourTourism Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit FiveFood and Drinks Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit SixMental Health Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit SevenWater Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit EightScience and the Future Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit NineOil Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit TenNatural Disasters Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit ElevenEnvironmental Protection Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit TwelveAnimals and Plants Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit ThirteenLife Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit FourteenFamily and Friends Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit FifteenLove Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit SixteenGraduation and Employment Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit SeventeenJob Hunting Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit EighteenFinance and Economy Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit NineteenCulture and Language Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit TwentyCulture Shock1 Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit TwentyoneChina Wind Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit TwentytwoBiography Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit TwentythreeMotion Picture Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit Twenty fourInternet Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Unit TwentyfiveDormitory Passage One Passage Two Passage Three Answer Key 参考文献210178